2007-08-24 Jan Kratochvil <jan.kratochvil@redhat.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24 /*
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65 {
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 }
74
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81 {
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 }
90
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97 {
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 }
101
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108 {
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 }
112
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119 {
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 }
126
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133 {
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 }
140
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147 {
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 }
154
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161 {
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 }
168
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175 {
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 }
178
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185 {
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 }
188
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194 {
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 }
213
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219 {
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 }
228
229 bfd_boolean
230 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
231 {
232 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
233 {
234 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
235 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
240
241 return TRUE;
242 }
243
244 bfd_boolean
245 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
246 {
247 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
248 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
249 }
250
251 char *
252 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
253 {
254 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
255 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
256 file_ptr offset;
257 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
258
259 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
260 if (i_shdrp == 0
261 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
262 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
263 return NULL;
264
265 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
266 if (shstrtab == NULL)
267 {
268 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
269 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
270 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
271
272 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
273 in case the string table is not terminated. */
274 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
275 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
276 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
277 shstrtab = NULL;
278 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
279 {
280 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
282 shstrtab = NULL;
283 }
284 else
285 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
286 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
287 }
288 return (char *) shstrtab;
289 }
290
291 char *
292 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
293 unsigned int shindex,
294 unsigned int strindex)
295 {
296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
297
298 if (strindex == 0)
299 return "";
300
301 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
302 return NULL;
303
304 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
305
306 if (hdr->contents == NULL
307 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
308 return NULL;
309
310 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
311 {
312 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
313 (*_bfd_error_handler)
314 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
315 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
316 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
317 ? ".shstrtab"
318 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
319 return "";
320 }
321
322 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
323 }
324
325 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
326 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
327 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
328 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
329 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
330
331 Elf_Internal_Sym *
332 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
334 size_t symcount,
335 size_t symoffset,
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
337 void *extsym_buf,
338 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
339 {
340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
341 void *alloc_ext;
342 const bfd_byte *esym;
343 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
344 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
345 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
346 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
347 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
348 size_t extsym_size;
349 bfd_size_type amt;
350 file_ptr pos;
351
352 if (symcount == 0)
353 return intsym_buf;
354
355 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
356 shndx_hdr = NULL;
357 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
358 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
359
360 /* Read the symbols. */
361 alloc_ext = NULL;
362 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
363 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
364 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
365 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
366 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
367 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
368 {
369 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
370 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
371 }
372 if (extsym_buf == NULL
373 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
374 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
375 {
376 intsym_buf = NULL;
377 goto out;
378 }
379
380 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
381 extshndx_buf = NULL;
382 else
383 {
384 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
385 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
386 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
387 {
388 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
389 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
390 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
391 }
392 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
393 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
394 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
395 {
396 intsym_buf = NULL;
397 goto out;
398 }
399 }
400
401 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
402 {
403 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
404 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
405 goto out;
406 }
407
408 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
409 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
410 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
411 isym < isymend;
412 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
413 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
414 {
415 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
416 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
417 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
418 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
419 intsym_buf = NULL;
420 goto out;
421 }
422
423 out:
424 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
425 free (alloc_ext);
426 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
427 free (alloc_extshndx);
428
429 return intsym_buf;
430 }
431
432 /* Look up a symbol name. */
433 const char *
434 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
435 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
436 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
437 asection *sym_sec)
438 {
439 const char *name;
440 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
441 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
442
443 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
444 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
445 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
446 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
447 {
448 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
449 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
450 }
451
452 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
453 if (name == NULL)
454 name = "(null)";
455 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
456 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
457
458 return name;
459 }
460
461 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
462 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
463 pointers. */
464
465 typedef union elf_internal_group {
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
467 unsigned int flags;
468 } Elf_Internal_Group;
469
470 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
471 signature just a string? */
472
473 static const char *
474 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
475 {
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
477 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
478 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
479 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
480
481 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
482 that it is a symbol table section. */
483 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
484 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
485 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
486 return NULL;
487
488 /* Go read the symbol. */
489 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
490 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
491 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
492 return NULL;
493
494 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
495 }
496
497 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
498
499 static bfd_boolean
500 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
501 {
502 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
503
504 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
505 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
506 if (num_group == 0)
507 {
508 unsigned int i, shnum;
509
510 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
511 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
512 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
513 num_group = 0;
514
515 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
516 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
517 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
518 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
519 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
520
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
522 {
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
524
525 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
526 num_group += 1;
527 }
528
529 if (num_group == 0)
530 {
531 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
532 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
533 }
534 else
535 {
536 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
537 so we can find them quickly. */
538 bfd_size_type amt;
539
540 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
541 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
542 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
543 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
544 return FALSE;
545
546 num_group = 0;
547 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
548 {
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
550
551 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
552 {
553 unsigned char *src;
554 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
555
556 /* Add to list of sections. */
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
558 num_group += 1;
559
560 /* Read the raw contents. */
561 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
562 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
563 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
564 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
565 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
566 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
567 {
568 _bfd_error_handler
569 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
571 return FALSE;
572 }
573
574 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
575
576 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
577 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
578 != shdr->sh_size))
579 return FALSE;
580
581 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
582 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
583 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
584 pointers. */
585 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
586 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
587 while (1)
588 {
589 unsigned int idx;
590
591 src -= 4;
592 --dest;
593 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
594 if (src == shdr->contents)
595 {
596 dest->flags = idx;
597 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
598 shdr->bfd_section->flags
599 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
600 break;
601 }
602 if (idx >= shnum)
603 {
604 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
605 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
606 idx = 0;
607 }
608 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
609 }
610 }
611 }
612 }
613 }
614
615 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
616 {
617 unsigned int i;
618
619 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
620 {
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
622 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
623 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
624
625 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
626 section is a member. */
627 while (--n_elt != 0)
628 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
629 {
630 asection *s = NULL;
631
632 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
633 other members to see if any others are linked via
634 next_in_group. */
635 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
636 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
637 while (--n_elt != 0)
638 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
639 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
640 break;
641 if (n_elt != 0)
642 {
643 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
644 insert current section in circular list. */
645 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
646 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
647 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
648 }
649 else
650 {
651 const char *gname;
652
653 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
654 if (gname == NULL)
655 return FALSE;
656 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
657
658 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
659 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
660 }
661
662 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
663 new member. */
664 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
665 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
666
667 i = num_group - 1;
668 break;
669 }
670 }
671 }
672
673 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
674 {
675 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
676 abfd, newsect);
677 }
678 return TRUE;
679 }
680
681 bfd_boolean
682 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
683 {
684 unsigned int i;
685 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
686 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
687 asection *s;
688
689 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
690 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
691 {
692 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
693 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
694 {
695 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
696 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
697 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
698 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
699 if (elfsec == 0)
700 {
701 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
702 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
703 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
704 bed->link_order_error_handler
705 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
706 abfd, s);
707 }
708 else
709 {
710 asection *link;
711
712 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
713
714 /* PR 1991, 2008:
715 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
716 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
717 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
718 if (link == NULL)
719 {
720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
721 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
722 s->owner, s, elfsec);
723 result = FALSE;
724 }
725
726 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
727 }
728 }
729 }
730
731 /* Process section groups. */
732 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
733 return result;
734
735 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
736 {
737 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
738 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
739 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
740
741 while (--n_elt != 0)
742 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
743 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
744 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
745 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
746 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
747 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
748 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
749 relocation sections are in section group in input object
750 files. */
751 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
752 else
753 {
754 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
757 abfd,
758 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
759 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
760 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
761 ->e_shstrndx),
762 idx->shdr->sh_name),
763 shdr->bfd_section->name);
764 result = FALSE;
765 }
766 }
767 return result;
768 }
769
770 bfd_boolean
771 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
772 {
773 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
774 }
775
776 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
777 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
778
779 bfd_boolean
780 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
782 const char *name,
783 int shindex)
784 {
785 asection *newsect;
786 flagword flags;
787 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
788
789 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
790 {
791 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
792 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
793 return TRUE;
794 }
795
796 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
797 if (newsect == NULL)
798 return FALSE;
799
800 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
801 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
802 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
803
804 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
805 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
806 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
807
808 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
809
810 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
811 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
812 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
813 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
814 return FALSE;
815
816 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
817 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
818 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
819 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
820 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
821 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
822 {
823 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
824 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
825 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
826 }
827 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
828 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
829 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
830 flags |= SEC_CODE;
831 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
832 flags |= SEC_DATA;
833 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
834 {
835 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
836 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
837 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
838 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
839 }
840 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
841 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
842 return FALSE;
843 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
844 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
845
846 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
847 {
848 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
849 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
850 static const struct
851 {
852 const char *name;
853 int len;
854 } debug_sections [] =
855 {
856 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
857 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
858 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
859 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
860 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
861 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
862 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
863 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
864 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
865 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
866 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
867 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
868 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
869 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
870 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
872 };
873
874 if (name [0] == '.')
875 {
876 int i = name [1] - 'd';
877 if (i >= 0
878 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
879 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
880 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
881 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
882 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
883 }
884 }
885
886 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
887 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
888 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
889 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
890 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
891 all but one of the sections. */
892 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
893 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
894 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
895
896 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
897 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
898 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
899 return FALSE;
900
901 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
902 return FALSE;
903
904 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
905 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
906 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
907 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
908 {
909 char *contents;
910
911 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
912 if (!contents)
913 return FALSE;
914
915 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
916 hdr->sh_size)
917 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
918 {
919 free (contents);
920 return FALSE;
921 }
922
923 free (contents);
924 }
925
926 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
927 {
928 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
929 unsigned int i;
930
931 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
932 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
933 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
934 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
935 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
936 {
937 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
938 break;
939 }
940 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
941 {
942 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
943 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
944 {
945 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
946 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
947 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
948 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
949
950 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
951 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
952 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
953 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
954 place special significance on the address 0 and
955 executables need to be able to have a segment which
956 covers this address. */
957 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
958 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
959 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
960 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
961 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
962 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
963 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
964 {
965 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
966 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
967 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
968 else
969 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
970 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
971 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
972 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
973 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
974 segment will contain sections with contiguous
975 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
976 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
977 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
978
979 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
980 offsets whether a section with zero size should
981 be placed at the end of one segment or the
982 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
983 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
984 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
985 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
986 break;
987 }
988 }
989 }
990 }
991
992 return TRUE;
993 }
994
995 /*
996 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
997 bfd_elf_find_section
998
999 SYNOPSIS
1000 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1001
1002 DESCRIPTION
1003 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1004 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1005 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1006 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1007 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1008 */
1009
1010 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1011 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1012 {
1013 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1014 char *shstrtab;
1015 unsigned int max;
1016 unsigned int i;
1017
1018 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1019 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1020 {
1021 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1022 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1023 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1024 {
1025 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1026 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1027 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1028 return i_shdrp[i];
1029 }
1030 }
1031 return 0;
1032 }
1033
1034 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1035 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1036 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1037 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1038 };
1039
1040 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1041 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1042 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1043 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1044 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1045 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1046 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1047 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1048 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1049
1050 bfd_reloc_status_type
1051 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1052 arelent *reloc_entry,
1053 asymbol *symbol,
1054 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 asection *input_section,
1056 bfd *output_bfd,
1057 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1058 {
1059 if (output_bfd != NULL
1060 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1061 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1062 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1063 {
1064 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1065 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1066 }
1067
1068 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1069 }
1070 \f
1071 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1072 another. */
1073
1074 bfd_boolean
1075 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1076 {
1077 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1078 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1079 return TRUE;
1080
1081 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1082 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1083 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1084
1085 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1087 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1088
1089 /* Copy object attributes. */
1090 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1091
1092 return TRUE;
1093 }
1094
1095 static const char *
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1097 {
1098 const char *pt;
1099 switch (p_type)
1100 {
1101 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt = NULL; break;
1113 }
1114 return pt;
1115 }
1116
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1118
1119 bfd_boolean
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1121 {
1122 FILE *f = farg;
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1124 asection *s;
1125 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1126
1127 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1128 if (p != NULL)
1129 {
1130 unsigned int i, c;
1131
1132 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1134 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1135 {
1136 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1137 char buf[20];
1138
1139 if (pt == NULL)
1140 {
1141 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1142 pt = buf;
1143 }
1144 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1146 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1148 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1150 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1151 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1153 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1155 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1161 fprintf (f, "\n");
1162 }
1163 }
1164
1165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1166 if (s != NULL)
1167 {
1168 int elfsec;
1169 unsigned long shlink;
1170 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1171 size_t extdynsize;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1173
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1175
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1177 goto error_return;
1178
1179 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1180 if (elfsec == -1)
1181 goto error_return;
1182 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1183
1184 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1185 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1186
1187 extdyn = dynbuf;
1188 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1189 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1190 {
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1192 const char *name;
1193 char ab[20];
1194 bfd_boolean stringp;
1195
1196 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1197
1198 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1199 break;
1200
1201 stringp = FALSE;
1202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1203 {
1204 default:
1205 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1206 name = ab;
1207 break;
1208
1209 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1264 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1267 }
1268
1269 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1270 if (! stringp)
1271 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1272 else
1273 {
1274 const char *string;
1275 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1276
1277 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1278 if (string == NULL)
1279 goto error_return;
1280 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1281 }
1282 fprintf (f, "\n");
1283 }
1284
1285 free (dynbuf);
1286 dynbuf = NULL;
1287 }
1288
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1291 {
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1293 return FALSE;
1294 }
1295
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1297 {
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1299
1300 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1302 {
1303 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1304 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1305 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1307 {
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1309
1310 fprintf (f, "\t");
1311 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1312 a != NULL;
1313 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1314 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1315 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1316 fprintf (f, "\n");
1317 }
1318 }
1319 }
1320
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1322 {
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1324
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1327 {
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1329
1330 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1333 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1334 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1335 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 return TRUE;
1340
1341 error_return:
1342 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1343 free (dynbuf);
1344 return FALSE;
1345 }
1346
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1348
1349 void
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1351 void *filep,
1352 asymbol *symbol,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1354 {
1355 FILE *file = filep;
1356 switch (how)
1357 {
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1359 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1360 break;
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1362 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1364 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1365 break;
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1367 {
1368 const char *section_name;
1369 const char *name = NULL;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1371 unsigned char st_other;
1372 bfd_vma val;
1373
1374 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1375
1376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1377 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1378 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1379
1380 if (name == NULL)
1381 {
1382 name = symbol->name;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1384 }
1385
1386 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1392 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1393 else
1394 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1396
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1401 {
1402 unsigned int vernum;
1403 const char *version_string;
1404
1405 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1406
1407 if (vernum == 0)
1408 version_string = "";
1409 else if (vernum == 1)
1410 version_string = "Base";
1411 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1412 version_string =
1413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1414 else
1415 {
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1417
1418 version_string = "";
1419 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1420 t != NULL;
1421 t = t->vn_nextref)
1422 {
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1424
1425 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1426 {
1427 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1428 {
1429 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1430 break;
1431 }
1432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1438 else
1439 {
1440 int i;
1441
1442 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1443 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1444 putc (' ', file);
1445 }
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1450
1451 switch (st_other)
1452 {
1453 case 0: break;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1457 default:
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1459 everything hex. */
1460 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1461 }
1462
1463 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1464 }
1465 break;
1466 }
1467 }
1468
1469 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1470
1471 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1472 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1473 {
1474 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1475
1476 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1477 if (ret != NULL)
1478 {
1479 bfd_size_type loc;
1480
1481 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1482 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1483 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1484 {
1485 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1486 ret = NULL;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 return ret;
1490 }
1491 \f
1492 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1493
1494 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1495
1496 bfd_boolean
1497 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1498 {
1499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1500 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1502 const char *name;
1503
1504 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1505 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1506 hdr->sh_name);
1507 if (name == NULL)
1508 return FALSE;
1509
1510 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1511 {
1512 case SHT_NULL:
1513 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1514 return TRUE;
1515
1516 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1517 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1518 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1519 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1520 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1521 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1522 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1523 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1524 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1525 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1526
1527 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1528 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1529 return FALSE;
1530 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1531 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1532 return FALSE;
1533 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1534 {
1535 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1536
1537 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1538 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1539 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1540 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1541 {
1542 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1543 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1544 }
1545 else
1546 {
1547 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1548
1549 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1550 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1551 {
1552 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1553 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1554 {
1555 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1556 break;
1557 }
1558 }
1559 }
1560 }
1561 break;
1562
1563 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1564 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1565 return TRUE;
1566
1567 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1568 return FALSE;
1569 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1570 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1571 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1572 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1573 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1574
1575 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1576 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1577 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1578 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1579 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1580 linker. */
1581 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1582 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1583 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1584 shindex))
1585 return FALSE;
1586
1587 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1588 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1589 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1590 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1591 {
1592 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1593
1594 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1595 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1596 {
1597 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1598 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1599 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1600 break;
1601 }
1602 if (i == num_sec)
1603 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1604 {
1605 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1606 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1607 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1608 break;
1609 }
1610 if (i != shindex)
1611 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1612 }
1613 return TRUE;
1614
1615 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1616 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1617 return TRUE;
1618
1619 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1620 return FALSE;
1621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1622 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1623 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1624 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1625 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1626
1627 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1628 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1630
1631 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1632 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1633 return TRUE;
1634
1635 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1636 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1637 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1638 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1639 return TRUE;
1640
1641 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1642 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 return TRUE;
1644 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1645 {
1646 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1647 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1648 return TRUE;
1649 }
1650 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1651 {
1652 symtab_strtab:
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1655 return TRUE;
1656 }
1657 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1658 {
1659 dynsymtab_strtab:
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1662 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1663 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1664 can handle it. */
1665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1666 shindex);
1667 }
1668
1669 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1670 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1671 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1672 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1673 {
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1675
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1678 {
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1681 {
1682 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1683 if (i == shindex)
1684 return FALSE;
1685 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1686 return FALSE;
1687 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1688 goto symtab_strtab;
1689 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1690 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1691 }
1692 }
1693 }
1694 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1695
1696 case SHT_REL:
1697 case SHT_RELA:
1698 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1699 {
1700 asection *target_sect;
1701 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1702 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1703
1704 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1705 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1707 return FALSE;
1708
1709 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1710 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1711 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1712 {
1713 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1714 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1715 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1716 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1717 shindex);
1718 }
1719
1720 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1721 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1722 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1723 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1724 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1725 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1726 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1727 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1728 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1729 {
1730 unsigned int scan;
1731 int found;
1732
1733 found = 0;
1734 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1735 {
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1737 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1738 {
1739 if (found != 0)
1740 {
1741 found = 0;
1742 break;
1743 }
1744 found = scan;
1745 }
1746 }
1747 if (found != 0)
1748 hdr->sh_link = found;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Get the symbol table. */
1752 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1753 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1754 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1755 return FALSE;
1756
1757 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1758 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1759 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1760 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1761 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1762 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1763 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1764 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1765 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1766 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1767 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1768 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1770 shindex);
1771
1772 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1775 if (target_sect == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1777
1778 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1779 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1780 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1781 else
1782 {
1783 bfd_size_type amt;
1784 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1785 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1786 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1787 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1788 }
1789 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1790 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1791 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1792 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1793 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1794 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1795 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1796 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1797 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1798 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1799 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1800 return TRUE;
1801 }
1802
1803 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1804 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1805 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1806 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1807
1808 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1809 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1810 return FALSE;
1811 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1812 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1813 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1814
1815 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1816 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1817 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1818 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1819
1820 case SHT_SHLIB:
1821 return TRUE;
1822
1823 case SHT_GROUP:
1824 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1825 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1826 name. */
1827 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1828 return FALSE;
1829 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1830 if (name == NULL)
1831 return FALSE;
1832 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1833 return FALSE;
1834 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1835 {
1836 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1837 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1838 asection *s;
1839
1840 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1841 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1842 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1843
1844 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1845 idx += n_elt;
1846 while (--n_elt != 0)
1847 {
1848 --idx;
1849
1850 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1851 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1852 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1853 {
1854 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1855 break;
1856 }
1857 }
1858 }
1859 break;
1860
1861 default:
1862 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1863 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1864 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1865 {
1866 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1867 return FALSE;
1868 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1869 return TRUE;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1873 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1874 return TRUE;
1875
1876 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1877 {
1878 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1879 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1880 for applications? */
1881 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1882 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1883 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1884 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1885 else
1886 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1887 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1888 shindex);
1889 }
1890 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1891 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1892 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1893 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1894 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1895 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1896 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1897 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1898 {
1899 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1900 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1901 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1902 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1903 be rejected with an error message. */
1904 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1905 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1906 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1907 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1908 else
1909 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1910 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1911 }
1912 else
1913 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1914 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1915 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1916 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1917
1918 return FALSE;
1919 }
1920
1921 return TRUE;
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1925 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1926
1927 asection *
1928 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1929 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1930 asection *sec,
1931 unsigned long r_symndx)
1932 {
1933 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1934 asection *s;
1935
1936 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1937 {
1938 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1939 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1940 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1941 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1942
1943 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1944 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1945 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1946 return NULL;
1947
1948 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1949 {
1950 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1951 cache->abfd = abfd;
1952 }
1953 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1954 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1955 }
1956
1957 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1958 if (s != NULL)
1959 return s;
1960
1961 return sec;
1962 }
1963
1964 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1965 section. */
1966
1967 asection *
1968 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1969 {
1970 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1971 return NULL;
1972 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1973 }
1974
1975 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1976 {
1977 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1978 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1979 };
1980
1981 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1982 {
1983 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1984 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1985 };
1986
1987 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
1988 {
1989 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1990 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1993 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1995 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1996 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
1997 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
1998 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
1999 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2000 };
2001
2002 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2003 {
2004 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2005 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2006 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2007 };
2008
2009 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2010 {
2011 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2012 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2019 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2020 };
2021
2022 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2023 {
2024 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2025 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2026 };
2027
2028 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2029 {
2030 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2031 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2033 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2034 };
2035
2036 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2037 {
2038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2039 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2040 };
2041
2042 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2043 {
2044 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2045 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2046 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2047 };
2048
2049 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2050 {
2051 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2053 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2054 };
2055
2056 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2057 {
2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2059 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2062 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2063 };
2064
2065 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2066 {
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2070 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2071 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2072 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2073 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 };
2075
2076 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2077 {
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2079 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2081 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2082 };
2083
2084 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2085 {
2086 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2087 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2088 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2089 NULL, /* 'e' */
2090 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2091 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2092 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2093 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2094 NULL, /* 'j' */
2095 NULL, /* 'k' */
2096 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2097 NULL, /* 'm' */
2098 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2099 NULL, /* 'o' */
2100 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2101 NULL, /* 'q' */
2102 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2103 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2104 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2105 };
2106
2107 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2108 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2109 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2110 unsigned int rela)
2111 {
2112 int i;
2113 int len;
2114
2115 len = strlen (name);
2116
2117 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2118 {
2119 int suffix_len;
2120 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2121
2122 if (len < prefix_len)
2123 continue;
2124 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2125 continue;
2126
2127 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2128 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2129 {
2130 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2131 {
2132 if (suffix_len == 0)
2133 continue;
2134 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2135 && (suffix_len == -2
2136 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2137 continue;
2138 }
2139 }
2140 else
2141 {
2142 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2143 continue;
2144 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2145 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2146 suffix_len) != 0)
2147 continue;
2148 }
2149 return &spec[i];
2150 }
2151
2152 return NULL;
2153 }
2154
2155 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2156 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2157 {
2158 int i;
2159 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2160 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2161
2162 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2163 if (sec->name == NULL)
2164 return NULL;
2165
2166 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2167 spec = bed->special_sections;
2168 if (spec)
2169 {
2170 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2171 bed->special_sections,
2172 sec->use_rela_p);
2173 if (spec != NULL)
2174 return spec;
2175 }
2176
2177 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2178 return NULL;
2179
2180 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2181 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2182 return NULL;
2183
2184 spec = special_sections[i];
2185
2186 if (spec == NULL)
2187 return NULL;
2188
2189 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2190 }
2191
2192 bfd_boolean
2193 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2194 {
2195 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2196 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2197 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2198
2199 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2200 if (sdata == NULL)
2201 {
2202 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2203 if (sdata == NULL)
2204 return FALSE;
2205 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2206 }
2207
2208 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2209 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2210 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2211
2212 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2213 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2214 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2215 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2216 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2217 elf_fake_sections. */
2218 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2219 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2220 {
2221 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2222 if (ssect != NULL)
2223 {
2224 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2225 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2226 }
2227 }
2228
2229 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2233
2234 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2235 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2236 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2237 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2238
2239 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2240 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2241 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2242 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2243 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2244 of combined data+bss.
2245
2246 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2247 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2248 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2249 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2250 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2251
2252 */
2253
2254 bfd_boolean
2255 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2256 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2257 int index,
2258 const char *typename)
2259 {
2260 asection *newsect;
2261 char *name;
2262 char namebuf[64];
2263 size_t len;
2264 int split;
2265
2266 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2267 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2268 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2269
2270 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2271 {
2272 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2273 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2274 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2275 if (!name)
2276 return FALSE;
2277 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2278 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2279 if (newsect == NULL)
2280 return FALSE;
2281 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2282 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2283 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2284 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2285 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2286 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2287 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2288 {
2289 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2290 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2291 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2292 {
2293 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2294 may be data. */
2295 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2296 }
2297 }
2298 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2299 {
2300 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2301 }
2302 }
2303
2304 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2305 {
2306 bfd_vma align;
2307
2308 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2309 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2310 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2311 if (!name)
2312 return FALSE;
2313 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2314 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2315 if (newsect == NULL)
2316 return FALSE;
2317 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2318 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2319 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2320 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2321 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2322 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2323 align = hdr->p_align;
2324 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2325 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2326 {
2327 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2328 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2329 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2330 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2331 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2332 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2333 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2334 newsect->size = 0;
2335 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2336 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2337 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2338 }
2339 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2340 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2341 }
2342
2343 return TRUE;
2344 }
2345
2346 bfd_boolean
2347 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2348 {
2349 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2350
2351 switch (hdr->p_type)
2352 {
2353 case PT_NULL:
2354 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2355
2356 case PT_LOAD:
2357 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2358
2359 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2360 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2361
2362 case PT_INTERP:
2363 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2364
2365 case PT_NOTE:
2366 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2367 return FALSE;
2368 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2369 return FALSE;
2370 return TRUE;
2371
2372 case PT_SHLIB:
2373 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2374
2375 case PT_PHDR:
2376 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2377
2378 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2379 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2380 "eh_frame_hdr");
2381
2382 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2383 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2384
2385 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2386 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2387
2388 default:
2389 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2391 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2392 }
2393 }
2394
2395 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2396 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2397 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2398
2399 bfd_boolean
2400 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2402 asection *asect,
2403 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2404 {
2405 char *name;
2406 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2407 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2408
2409 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2410 if (name == NULL)
2411 return FALSE;
2412 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2413 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2414 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2415 FALSE);
2416 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2417 return FALSE;
2418 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2419 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2420 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2421 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2422 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2423 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2424 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2425 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2426 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2427
2428 return TRUE;
2429 }
2430
2431 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2432
2433 static void
2434 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2435 {
2436 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2437 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2438 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2439 unsigned int sh_type;
2440
2441 if (*failedptr)
2442 {
2443 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2444 loop. */
2445 return;
2446 }
2447
2448 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2449
2450 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2451 asect->name, FALSE);
2452 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2453 {
2454 *failedptr = TRUE;
2455 return;
2456 }
2457
2458 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2459
2460 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2461 || asect->user_set_vma)
2462 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2463 else
2464 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2465
2466 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2467 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2468 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2469 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2470 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2471 copy_private_section_data. */
2472
2473 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2474 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2475
2476 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2477 asect->flags. */
2478 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2479 {
2480 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2481 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2482 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2483 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2484 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2485 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2486 else
2487 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2488 }
2489
2490 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2491 {
2492 default:
2493 break;
2494
2495 case SHT_STRTAB:
2496 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2497 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2498 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2499 case SHT_NOTE:
2500 case SHT_NOBITS:
2501 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2502 break;
2503
2504 case SHT_HASH:
2505 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2506 break;
2507
2508 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2509 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2510 break;
2511
2512 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2513 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2514 break;
2515
2516 case SHT_RELA:
2517 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2518 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2519 break;
2520
2521 case SHT_REL:
2522 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2523 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2524 break;
2525
2526 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2527 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2528 break;
2529
2530 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2531 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2532 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2533 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2534 zero. */
2535 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2536 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2537 else
2538 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2539 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2540 break;
2541
2542 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2543 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2544 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2545 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2546 zero. */
2547 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2548 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2549 else
2550 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2551 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2552 break;
2553
2554 case SHT_GROUP:
2555 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2556 break;
2557
2558 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2559 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2560 break;
2561 }
2562
2563 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2564 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2565 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2566 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2567 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2568 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2569 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2570 {
2571 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2572 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2573 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2574 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2575 }
2576 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2577 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2578 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2579 {
2580 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2581 if (asect->size == 0
2582 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2583 {
2584 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2585
2586 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2587 if (o != NULL)
2588 {
2589 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2590 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2591 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2592 }
2593 }
2594 }
2595
2596 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2597 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2598 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2599 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2600 *failedptr = TRUE;
2601
2602 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2603 {
2604 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2605 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2606 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2607 }
2608
2609 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2610 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2611 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2612 create the other. */
2613 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2614 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2615 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2616 asect,
2617 asect->use_rela_p))
2618 *failedptr = TRUE;
2619 }
2620
2621 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2622
2623 void
2624 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2625 {
2626 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2627 unsigned long symindx;
2628 asection *elt, *first;
2629 unsigned char *loc;
2630 bfd_boolean gas;
2631
2632 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2633 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2634 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2635 || *failedptr)
2636 return;
2637
2638 symindx = 0;
2639 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2640 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2641
2642 if (symindx == 0)
2643 {
2644 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2645 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2646 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2647 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2648 else
2649 symindx = sec->target_index;
2650 }
2651 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2652
2653 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2654 gas = TRUE;
2655 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2656 {
2657 gas = FALSE;
2658 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2659
2660 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2661 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2662 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2663 {
2664 *failedptr = TRUE;
2665 return;
2666 }
2667 }
2668
2669 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2670
2671 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2672 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2673 start of the input section group. */
2674 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2675
2676 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2677 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2678 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2679 directives, not that it matters. */
2680 while (elt != NULL)
2681 {
2682 asection *s;
2683 unsigned int idx;
2684
2685 loc -= 4;
2686 s = elt;
2687 if (!gas)
2688 s = s->output_section;
2689 idx = 0;
2690 if (s != NULL)
2691 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2692 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2693 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2694 if (elt == first)
2695 break;
2696 }
2697
2698 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2699 abort ();
2700
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2702 }
2703
2704 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2705 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2706 in here too, while we're at it. */
2707
2708 static bfd_boolean
2709 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2710 {
2711 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2712 asection *sec;
2713 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2714 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2715 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2716
2717 section_number = 1;
2718
2719 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2720
2721 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2722 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2723 {
2724 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2725 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2726 {
2727 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2728
2729 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2730 {
2731 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2732 {
2733 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2734 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2735 abfd->section_count--;
2736 }
2737 else
2738 {
2739 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2740 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2741 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2742 }
2743 }
2744 }
2745 }
2746
2747 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2748 {
2749 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2750
2751 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2752 {
2753 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2754 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2755 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2756 }
2757 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2758 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2759 d->rel_idx = 0;
2760 else
2761 {
2762 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2763 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2764 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2765 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2766 }
2767
2768 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2769 {
2770 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2771 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2772 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2773 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2774 }
2775 else
2776 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2777 }
2778
2779 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2780 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2781 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2782 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2783 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2784
2785 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2786 {
2787 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2788 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2789 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2790 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2791 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2792 {
2793 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2794 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2795 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2796 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2797 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2798 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2799 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2800 return FALSE;
2801 }
2802 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2803 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2804 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2805 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2806 }
2807
2808 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2809 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2810
2811 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2812 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2813 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2814 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2815
2816 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2817 indices. */
2818 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2819 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2820 return FALSE;
2821
2822 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2823 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2824 {
2825 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2826 return FALSE;
2827 }
2828
2829 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2830
2831 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2832 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2833 {
2834 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2835 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2836 {
2837 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2838 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2839 }
2840 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2841 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2842 }
2843
2844 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2845 {
2846 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2847 asection *s;
2848 const char *name;
2849
2850 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2851 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2852 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2853 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2854 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2855
2856 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2857
2858 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2859 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2860 the relocation entries apply. */
2861 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2862 {
2863 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2864 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2865 }
2866 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2867 {
2868 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2869 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2870 }
2871
2872 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2873 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2874 {
2875 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2876 if (s)
2877 {
2878 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2879 if (link_info != NULL)
2880 {
2881 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2882 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2883 {
2884 asection *kept;
2885 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2886 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2887 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2888 s, s->owner);
2889 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2890 size as the discarded one. */
2891 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2892 if (kept == NULL)
2893 {
2894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2895 return FALSE;
2896 }
2897 s = kept;
2898 }
2899
2900 s = s->output_section;
2901 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2902 }
2903 else
2904 {
2905 /* Handle objcopy. */
2906 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2907 {
2908 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2909 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2910 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2912 return FALSE;
2913 }
2914 s = s->output_section;
2915 }
2916 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2917 }
2918 else
2919 {
2920 /* PR 290:
2921 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2922 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2923 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2924 where s is NULL. */
2925 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2926 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2927 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2928 bed->link_order_error_handler
2929 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2930 abfd, sec);
2931 }
2932 }
2933
2934 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2935 {
2936 case SHT_REL:
2937 case SHT_RELA:
2938 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2939 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2940 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2941 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2942 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2943 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2944 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2945 if (s != NULL)
2946 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2947
2948 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2949 name = sec->name;
2950 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2951 name += 4;
2952 else
2953 name += 5;
2954 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2955 if (s != NULL)
2956 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2957 break;
2958
2959 case SHT_STRTAB:
2960 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2961 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2962 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2963 field to point to this section. */
2964 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2965 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2966 {
2967 size_t len;
2968 char *alc;
2969
2970 len = strlen (sec->name);
2971 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2972 if (alc == NULL)
2973 return FALSE;
2974 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2975 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2976 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2977 free (alc);
2978 if (s != NULL)
2979 {
2980 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2981
2982 /* This is a .stab section. */
2983 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2984 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
2985 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
2986 }
2987 }
2988 break;
2989
2990 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2991 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2992 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2993 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2994 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
2995 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
2996 version strings. */
2997 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
2998 if (s != NULL)
2999 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3000 break;
3001
3002 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3003 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3004 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3005 the version strings. */
3006 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3007 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3008 if (s != NULL)
3009 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3010 break;
3011
3012 case SHT_HASH:
3013 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3014 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3015 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3016 this hash table or version table is for. */
3017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3018 if (s != NULL)
3019 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3020 break;
3021
3022 case SHT_GROUP:
3023 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3024 }
3025 }
3026
3027 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3028 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3029 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3030 else
3031 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3032 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3033 return TRUE;
3034 }
3035
3036 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3037 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3038
3039 static bfd_boolean
3040 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3041 {
3042 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3043 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3044 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3045 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3046
3047 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3048 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3049 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3050 }
3051
3052 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3053 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3054 special sections. */
3055
3056 static bfd_boolean
3057 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3058 {
3059 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3060 && (sym->value != 0
3061 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3062 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3063 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3064 }
3065
3066 static bfd_boolean
3067 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3068 {
3069 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3070 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3071 asymbol **sect_syms;
3072 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3073 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3074 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3075 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3076 int max_index = 0;
3077 unsigned int idx;
3078 asection *asect;
3079 asymbol **new_syms;
3080
3081 #ifdef DEBUG
3082 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3083 fflush (stderr);
3084 #endif
3085
3086 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3087 {
3088 if (max_index < asect->index)
3089 max_index = asect->index;
3090 }
3091
3092 max_index++;
3093 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3094 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3095 return FALSE;
3096 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3097 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3098
3099 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3100 decided to output. */
3101 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3102 {
3103 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3104
3105 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3106 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3107 {
3108 asection *sec = sym->section;
3109
3110 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3111 sec = sec->output_section;
3112
3113 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3114 }
3115 }
3116
3117 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3118 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3119 {
3120 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3121 continue;
3122 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3123 num_locals++;
3124 else
3125 num_globals++;
3126 }
3127
3128 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3129 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3130 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3131 at least in that case. */
3132 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3133 {
3134 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3135 {
3136 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3137 num_locals++;
3138 else
3139 num_globals++;
3140 }
3141 }
3142
3143 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3144 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3145
3146 if (new_syms == NULL)
3147 return FALSE;
3148
3149 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3150 {
3151 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3152 unsigned int i;
3153
3154 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3155 continue;
3156 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3157 i = num_locals2++;
3158 else
3159 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3160 new_syms[i] = sym;
3161 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3162 }
3163 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3164 {
3165 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3166 {
3167 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3168 unsigned int i;
3169
3170 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3171 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3172 i = num_locals2++;
3173 else
3174 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3175 new_syms[i] = sym;
3176 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3177 }
3178 }
3179
3180 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3181
3182 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3183 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3184 return TRUE;
3185 }
3186
3187 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3188 ELF data structure. */
3189
3190 static inline file_ptr
3191 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3192 {
3193 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3194 }
3195
3196 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3197 required section alignment. */
3198
3199 file_ptr
3200 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3201 file_ptr offset,
3202 bfd_boolean align)
3203 {
3204 if (align)
3205 {
3206 unsigned int al;
3207
3208 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3209 if (al > 1)
3210 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3211 }
3212 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3213 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3214 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3215 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3216 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3217 return offset;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3221 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3222 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3223
3224 bfd_boolean
3225 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3226 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3227 {
3228 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3229 bfd_boolean failed;
3230 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3231 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3232
3233 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3234 return TRUE;
3235
3236 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3237 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3238 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3239
3240 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3241 return FALSE;
3242
3243 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3244 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3245 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3246
3247 failed = FALSE;
3248 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3249 if (failed)
3250 return FALSE;
3251
3252 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3253 return FALSE;
3254
3255 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3256 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3257 {
3258 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3259 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3260
3261 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3262 return FALSE;
3263 }
3264
3265 if (link_info == NULL)
3266 {
3267 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3268 if (failed)
3269 return FALSE;
3270 }
3271
3272 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3273 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3274 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3275 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3276 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3277 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3278 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3279 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3280 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3281 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3282 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3283
3284 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3285 return FALSE;
3286
3287 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3288 {
3289 file_ptr off;
3290 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3291
3292 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3293
3294 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3295 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3296
3297 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3298 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3299 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3300
3301 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3302 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3303
3304 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3305
3306 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3307 out. */
3308 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3309 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3310 return FALSE;
3311 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3312 }
3313
3314 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3315
3316 return TRUE;
3317 }
3318
3319 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3320 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3321
3322 static bfd_size_type
3323 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3324 {
3325 size_t segs;
3326 asection *s;
3327 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3328
3329 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3330 and one for data. */
3331 segs = 2;
3332
3333 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3334 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3335 {
3336 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3337 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3338 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3339 targets. */
3340 segs += 2;
3341 }
3342
3343 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3344 {
3345 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3346 ++segs;
3347
3348 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3349 {
3350 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3351 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3352 ++segs;
3353 }
3354 }
3355
3356 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3357 {
3358 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3359 ++segs;
3360 }
3361
3362 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3363 {
3364 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3365 ++segs;
3366 }
3367
3368 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3369 {
3370 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3371 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3372 {
3373 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3374 ++segs;
3375 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3376 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3377 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3378 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3379 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3380 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3381 aligned. */
3382 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3383 while (s->next != NULL
3384 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3385 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3386 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3387 s = s->next;
3388 }
3389 }
3390
3391 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3392 {
3393 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3394 {
3395 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3396 ++segs;
3397 break;
3398 }
3399 }
3400
3401 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3402 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3403 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3404 {
3405 int a;
3406
3407 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3408 if (a == -1)
3409 abort ();
3410 segs += a;
3411 }
3412
3413 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3414 }
3415
3416 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3417
3418 static struct elf_segment_map *
3419 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3420 asection **sections,
3421 unsigned int from,
3422 unsigned int to,
3423 bfd_boolean phdr)
3424 {
3425 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3426 unsigned int i;
3427 asection **hdrpp;
3428 bfd_size_type amt;
3429
3430 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3431 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3432 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3433 if (m == NULL)
3434 return NULL;
3435 m->next = NULL;
3436 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3437 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3438 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3439 m->count = to - from;
3440
3441 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3442 {
3443 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3444 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3445 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3446 }
3447
3448 return m;
3449 }
3450
3451 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3452 on failure. */
3453
3454 struct elf_segment_map *
3455 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3456 {
3457 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3458
3459 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3460 if (m == NULL)
3461 return NULL;
3462 m->next = NULL;
3463 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3464 m->count = 1;
3465 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3466
3467 return m;
3468 }
3469
3470 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3471
3472 static bfd_boolean
3473 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3474 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3475 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3476 {
3477 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3478 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3479
3480 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3481 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3482 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3483 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3484 removed. */
3485 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3486 while (*m)
3487 {
3488 unsigned int i, new_count;
3489
3490 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3491 {
3492 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3493 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3494 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3495 {
3496 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3497 new_count++;
3498 }
3499 }
3500 (*m)->count = new_count;
3501
3502 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3503 *m = (*m)->next;
3504 else
3505 m = &(*m)->next;
3506 }
3507
3508 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3509 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3510 {
3511 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3512 return FALSE;
3513 }
3514
3515 return TRUE;
3516 }
3517
3518 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3519
3520 bfd_boolean
3521 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3522 {
3523 unsigned int count;
3524 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3525 asection **sections = NULL;
3526 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3527 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3528
3529 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3530 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3531 {
3532 asection *s;
3533 unsigned int i;
3534 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3535 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3536 asection *last_hdr;
3537 bfd_vma last_size;
3538 unsigned int phdr_index;
3539 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3540 asection **hdrpp;
3541 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3542 bfd_boolean writable;
3543 int tls_count = 0;
3544 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3545 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3546 bfd_size_type amt;
3547
3548 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3549
3550 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3551 if (sections == NULL)
3552 goto error_return;
3553
3554 i = 0;
3555 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3556 {
3557 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3558 {
3559 sections[i] = s;
3560 ++i;
3561 }
3562 }
3563 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3564 count = i;
3565
3566 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3567
3568 /* Build the mapping. */
3569
3570 mfirst = NULL;
3571 pm = &mfirst;
3572
3573 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3574 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3575 section. */
3576 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3577 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3578 {
3579 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3580 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3581 if (m == NULL)
3582 goto error_return;
3583 m->next = NULL;
3584 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3585 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3586 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3587 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3588 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3589
3590 *pm = m;
3591 pm = &m->next;
3592
3593 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3594 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3595 if (m == NULL)
3596 goto error_return;
3597 m->next = NULL;
3598 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3599 m->count = 1;
3600 m->sections[0] = s;
3601
3602 *pm = m;
3603 pm = &m->next;
3604 }
3605
3606 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3607 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3608 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3609 last_hdr = NULL;
3610 last_size = 0;
3611 phdr_index = 0;
3612 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3613 writable = FALSE;
3614 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3615 if (dynsec != NULL
3616 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3617 dynsec = NULL;
3618
3619 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3620 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3621 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3622 program headers we will need. */
3623 if (count > 0)
3624 {
3625 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3626
3627 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3628 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3629 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3630 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3631 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3632 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3633 }
3634
3635 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3636 {
3637 asection *hdr;
3638 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3639
3640 hdr = *hdrpp;
3641
3642 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3643 segment. */
3644
3645 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3646 {
3647 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3648 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3649 new_segment = FALSE;
3650 }
3651 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3652 {
3653 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3654 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3655 segment. */
3656 new_segment = TRUE;
3657 }
3658 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3659 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3660 {
3661 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3662 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3663 new_segment = TRUE;
3664 }
3665 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3666 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3667 {
3668 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3669 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3670 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3671 new_segment = TRUE;
3672 }
3673 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3674 {
3675 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3676 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3677 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3678 new_segment = FALSE;
3679 }
3680 else if (! writable
3681 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3682 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3683 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3684 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3685 {
3686 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3687 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3688 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3689 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3690 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3691 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3692 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3693 new_segment = TRUE;
3694 }
3695 else
3696 {
3697 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3698 new_segment = FALSE;
3699 }
3700
3701 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3702 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3703 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3704
3705 if (! new_segment)
3706 {
3707 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3708 writable = TRUE;
3709 last_hdr = hdr;
3710 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3711 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3712 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3713 last_size = hdr->size;
3714 else
3715 last_size = 0;
3716 continue;
3717 }
3718
3719 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3720 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3721
3722 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3723 if (m == NULL)
3724 goto error_return;
3725
3726 *pm = m;
3727 pm = &m->next;
3728
3729 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3730 writable = TRUE;
3731 else
3732 writable = FALSE;
3733
3734 last_hdr = hdr;
3735 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3736 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3737 last_size = hdr->size;
3738 else
3739 last_size = 0;
3740 phdr_index = i;
3741 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3742 }
3743
3744 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3745 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3746 {
3747 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3748 if (m == NULL)
3749 goto error_return;
3750
3751 *pm = m;
3752 pm = &m->next;
3753 }
3754
3755 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3756 if (dynsec != NULL)
3757 {
3758 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3759 if (m == NULL)
3760 goto error_return;
3761 *pm = m;
3762 pm = &m->next;
3763 }
3764
3765 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3766 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3767 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3768 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3769 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3770 bogus anyhow. */
3771 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3772 {
3773 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3774 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3775 {
3776 asection *s2;
3777 unsigned count = 1;
3778 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3779 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3780 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3781 {
3782 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3783 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3784 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3785 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3786 == s2->next->vma)
3787 count++;
3788 else
3789 break;
3790 }
3791 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3792 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3793 if (m == NULL)
3794 goto error_return;
3795 m->next = NULL;
3796 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3797 m->count = count;
3798 while (count > 1)
3799 {
3800 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3801 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3802 s = s->next;
3803 }
3804 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3805 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3806 *pm = m;
3807 pm = &m->next;
3808 }
3809 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3810 {
3811 if (! tls_count)
3812 first_tls = s;
3813 tls_count++;
3814 }
3815 }
3816
3817 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3818 if (tls_count > 0)
3819 {
3820 int i;
3821
3822 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3823 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3824 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3825 if (m == NULL)
3826 goto error_return;
3827 m->next = NULL;
3828 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3829 m->count = tls_count;
3830 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3831 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3832 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3833 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3834 {
3835 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3836 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3837 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3838 }
3839
3840 *pm = m;
3841 pm = &m->next;
3842 }
3843
3844 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3845 segment. */
3846 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3847 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3848 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3849 {
3850 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3851 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3852 if (m == NULL)
3853 goto error_return;
3854 m->next = NULL;
3855 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3856 m->count = 1;
3857 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3858
3859 *pm = m;
3860 pm = &m->next;
3861 }
3862
3863 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3864 {
3865 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3866 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3867 if (m == NULL)
3868 goto error_return;
3869 m->next = NULL;
3870 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3871 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3872 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3873
3874 *pm = m;
3875 pm = &m->next;
3876 }
3877
3878 if (dynsec != NULL && elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3879 {
3880 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3881 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3882 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3883 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3884 if (m == NULL)
3885 goto error_return;
3886 m->next = NULL;
3887 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3888 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3889 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3890
3891 *pm = m;
3892 pm = &m->next;
3893 }
3894
3895 free (sections);
3896 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3897 }
3898
3899 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3900 return FALSE;
3901
3902 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3903 ++count;
3904 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3905
3906 return TRUE;
3907
3908 error_return:
3909 if (sections != NULL)
3910 free (sections);
3911 return FALSE;
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Sort sections by address. */
3915
3916 static int
3917 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3918 {
3919 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3920 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3921 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3922
3923 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3924 place the section into a segment. */
3925 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3926 return -1;
3927 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3928 return 1;
3929
3930 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3931 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3932 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3933 return -1;
3934 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3935 return 1;
3936
3937 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3938
3939 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3940
3941 if (TOEND (sec1))
3942 {
3943 if (TOEND (sec2))
3944 {
3945 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3946 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3947 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3948 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3949 }
3950 else
3951 return 1;
3952 }
3953 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3954 return -1;
3955
3956 #undef TOEND
3957
3958 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3959 before others at the same address. */
3960
3961 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3962 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3963
3964 if (size1 < size2)
3965 return -1;
3966 if (size1 > size2)
3967 return 1;
3968
3969 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3970 }
3971
3972 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3973
3974 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3975 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3976 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3977 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3978 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3979 which is wrong.
3980
3981 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3982 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3983 the page size.'' */
3984 /* In other words, something like:
3985
3986 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
3987 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
3988 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
3989 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
3990 else
3991 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
3992
3993 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
3994
3995 static file_ptr
3996 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
3997 {
3998 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
3999 }
4000
4001 static void
4002 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4003 {
4004 unsigned int j;
4005 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4006 char buf[32];
4007
4008 if (pt == NULL)
4009 {
4010 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4011 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4012 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4013 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4014 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4015 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4016 else
4017 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4018 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4019 pt = buf;
4020 }
4021 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4022 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4023 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4024 putc ('\n',stderr);
4025 }
4026
4027 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4028 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4029 the file header. */
4030
4031 static bfd_boolean
4032 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4033 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4034 {
4035 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4036 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4037 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4038 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4039 file_ptr off;
4040 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4041 unsigned int alloc;
4042 unsigned int i, j;
4043
4044 if (link_info == NULL
4045 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4046 return FALSE;
4047
4048 alloc = 0;
4049 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4050 ++alloc;
4051
4052 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4053 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4054 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4055
4056 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4057 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4058 else
4059 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4060 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4061
4062 if (alloc == 0)
4063 {
4064 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4065 return TRUE;
4066 }
4067
4068 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4069 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4070 if (phdrs == NULL)
4071 return FALSE;
4072
4073 maxpagesize = 1;
4074 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4075 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4076
4077 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4078 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4079
4080 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4081 m != NULL;
4082 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4083 {
4084 asection **secpp;
4085 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4086 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4087
4088 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4089 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4090 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4091 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4092 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4093 if (m->count > 1
4094 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4095 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4096 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4097 elf_sort_sections);
4098
4099 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4100 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4101 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4102 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4103 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4104 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4105 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4106
4107 if (m->count == 0)
4108 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4109 else
4110 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4111
4112 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4113 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4114 else if (m->count == 0)
4115 p->p_paddr = 0;
4116 else
4117 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4118
4119 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4120 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4121 {
4122 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4123 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4124 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4125 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4126 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4127 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4128 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4129 segment. */
4130 if (m->p_align_valid)
4131 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4132
4133 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4134 }
4135 else if (m->count == 0)
4136 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4137 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4138 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4139 else
4140 p->p_align = 0;
4141
4142 no_contents = FALSE;
4143 off_adjust = 0;
4144 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4145 && m->count > 0)
4146 {
4147 bfd_size_type align;
4148 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4149
4150 if (m->p_align_valid)
4151 align = p->p_align;
4152 else
4153 {
4154 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4155 {
4156 unsigned int secalign;
4157
4158 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4159 if (secalign > align_power)
4160 align_power = secalign;
4161 }
4162 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4163 if (align < maxpagesize)
4164 align = maxpagesize;
4165 }
4166
4167 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4168 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4169 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4170 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4171 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4172 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4173
4174 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4175 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4176 holds for any other sections. */
4177 i = 0;
4178 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4179 {
4180 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4181 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4182 has any loadable sections. */
4183 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4184 || ++i >= m->count)
4185 {
4186 no_contents = TRUE;
4187 break;
4188 }
4189 }
4190
4191 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4192 off += off_adjust;
4193 if (no_contents)
4194 {
4195 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4196 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4197 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4198 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4199 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4200 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4201 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4202 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4203 }
4204 else
4205 off_adjust = 0;
4206 }
4207 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4208 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4209 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4210 && m->count > 1
4211 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4212 {
4213 _bfd_error_handler
4214 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4215 abfd);
4216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4217 return FALSE;
4218 }
4219
4220 p->p_offset = 0;
4221 p->p_filesz = 0;
4222 p->p_memsz = 0;
4223
4224 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4225 {
4226 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4227 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4228 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4229 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4230 if (m->count > 0)
4231 {
4232 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4233
4234 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4235 {
4236 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4237 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4238 abfd);
4239 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4240 return FALSE;
4241 }
4242
4243 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4244 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4245 p->p_paddr -= off;
4246 }
4247 }
4248
4249 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4250 {
4251 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4252 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4253
4254 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4255 {
4256 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4257
4258 if (m->count > 0)
4259 {
4260 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4261 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4262 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4263 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4264 }
4265 }
4266
4267 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4268 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4269 }
4270
4271 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4272 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4273 {
4274 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4275 p->p_offset = off;
4276 else
4277 {
4278 file_ptr adjust;
4279
4280 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4281 if (!no_contents)
4282 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4283 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4288 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4289 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4290 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4291 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4292 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4293 {
4294 asection *sec;
4295 bfd_size_type align;
4296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4297
4298 sec = *secpp;
4299 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4300 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4301
4302 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4303 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4304 {
4305 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4306
4307 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4308 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4309 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4310 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4311 {
4312 if (adjust < 0)
4313 {
4314 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4315 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4316 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4317 adjust = 0;
4318 }
4319 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4320
4321 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4322 {
4323 off += adjust;
4324 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4325 }
4326 }
4327 }
4328
4329 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4330 {
4331 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4332 everything. */
4333 if (i == 0)
4334 {
4335 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4336 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4337 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4338 p->p_memsz = 0;
4339 p->p_align = 1;
4340 }
4341 else
4342 {
4343 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4344 sec->filepos = 0;
4345 sec->size = 0;
4346 sec->flags = 0;
4347 continue;
4348 }
4349 }
4350 else
4351 {
4352 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4353 {
4354 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4355 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4356 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4357 }
4358
4359 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4360 {
4361 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4362 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4363 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4364 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4365 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4366 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4367 }
4368 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4369 {
4370 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4371 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4372
4373 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4374 normal segments. */
4375 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4376 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4377 }
4378
4379 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4380 p->p_align = 1;
4381 else if (align > p->p_align
4382 && !m->p_align_valid
4383 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4384 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4385 p->p_align = align;
4386 }
4387
4388 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4389 {
4390 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4391 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4392 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4393 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4394 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4395 }
4396 }
4397 off -= off_adjust;
4398
4399 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4400 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4401 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4402 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4403 {
4404 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4405 asection *sec;
4406
4407 sec = *secpp;
4408 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4409 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4410 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4411 {
4412 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4413 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4414 abfd, sec, j);
4415 print_segment_map (m);
4416 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4417 return FALSE;
4418 }
4419 }
4420 }
4421
4422 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4423 return TRUE;
4424 }
4425
4426 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4427
4428 static bfd_boolean
4429 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4430 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4431 {
4432 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4433 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4434 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4435 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4436 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4437 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4438 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4439 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4440 file_ptr off;
4441 unsigned int num_sec;
4442 unsigned int i;
4443 unsigned int count;
4444
4445 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4446 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4447 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4448 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4449 {
4450 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4452
4453 hdr = *hdrpp;
4454 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4455 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4456 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4457 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4458 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4459 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4460 {
4461 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4462 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4463 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4464 abfd,
4465 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4466 ? "*unknown*"
4467 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4468 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4469 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4470 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4471 bed->maxpagesize);
4472 else
4473 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4474 hdr->sh_addralign);
4475 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4476 FALSE);
4477 }
4478 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4479 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4480 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4481 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4482 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4483 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4484 else
4485 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4486
4487 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4488 {
4489 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4490 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4491 }
4492 }
4493
4494 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4495 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4496 count = 0;
4497 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4498 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4499 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4500 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4501 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4502 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4503 m != NULL;
4504 m = m->next, p++)
4505 {
4506 ++count;
4507 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4508 continue;
4509
4510 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4511 {
4512 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4513 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4514 }
4515 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4516 {
4517 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4518 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4519 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4520 {
4521 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4522 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4523 }
4524 }
4525 }
4526
4527 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4528 m != NULL;
4529 m = m->next, p++)
4530 {
4531 if (m->count != 0)
4532 {
4533 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4534 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4535 {
4536 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4537 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4538
4539 hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr;
4540 p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos
4541 - m->sections[0]->filepos);
4542 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4543 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4544
4545 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4546 }
4547 }
4548 else
4549 {
4550 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4551 {
4552 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4553 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4554 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4555 }
4556 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4557 {
4558 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4559 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4560 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4561 }
4562 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4563 {
4564 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4565
4566 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4567 {
4568 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4569 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4570 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4571 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4572 >= link_info->relro_end))
4573 break;
4574 }
4575
4576 if (lp < phdrs + count
4577 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4578 {
4579 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4580 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4581 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4582 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4583 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4584 p->p_align = 1;
4585 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4586 }
4587 else
4588 {
4589 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4590 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4591 }
4592 }
4593 }
4594 }
4595
4596 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4597
4598 return TRUE;
4599 }
4600
4601 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4602 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4603 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4604
4605 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4606 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4607 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4608 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4609 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4610 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4611 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4612
4613 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4614
4615 static bfd_boolean
4616 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4617 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4618 {
4619 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4620 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4621 file_ptr off;
4622 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4623
4624 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4625 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4626 {
4627 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4628 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4629 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4630 unsigned int i;
4631
4632 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4633 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4634
4635 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4636 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4637 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4638 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4639 {
4640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4641
4642 hdr = *hdrpp;
4643 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4644 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4645 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4646 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4647 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4648 {
4649 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4650 }
4651 else
4652 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4653
4654 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4655 {
4656 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4657 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661 else
4662 {
4663 unsigned int alloc;
4664
4665 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4666 assignment of sections to segments. */
4667 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4668 return FALSE;
4669
4670 /* And for non-load sections. */
4671 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4672 return FALSE;
4673
4674 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4675 {
4676 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4677 return FALSE;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* Write out the program headers. */
4681 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4682 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4683 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4684 return FALSE;
4685
4686 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4687 }
4688
4689 /* Place the section headers. */
4690 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4691 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4692 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4693
4694 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4695
4696 return TRUE;
4697 }
4698
4699 static bfd_boolean
4700 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4701 {
4702 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4703 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4704 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4705 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4706 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4707
4708 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4709 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4710
4711 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4712 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4713 return FALSE;
4714
4715 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4716
4717 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4718 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4719 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4720 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4721
4722 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4723 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4724 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4725 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4726
4727 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4728 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4729 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4730 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4731 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4732 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4733 else
4734 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4735
4736 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4737 {
4738 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4739 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4740 break;
4741
4742 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4743 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4744 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4745 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4746 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4747 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4748 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4749 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4750 default:
4751 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4752 }
4753
4754 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4755 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4756
4757 /* No program header, for now. */
4758 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4759 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4760 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4761
4762 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4763 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4764 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4765
4766 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4767 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4768 /* It all happens later. */
4769 ;
4770 else
4771 {
4772 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4773 i_phdrp = 0;
4774 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4775 }
4776
4777 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4778 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4779 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4780 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4781 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4782 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4783 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4784 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4785 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4786 return FALSE;
4787
4788 return TRUE;
4789 }
4790
4791 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4792 of the loadable file image. */
4793
4794 void
4795 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4796 {
4797 file_ptr off;
4798 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4799 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4800
4801 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4802
4803 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4804 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4805 {
4806 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4807
4808 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4809 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4810 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4811 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4812 }
4813
4814 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4815 }
4816
4817 bfd_boolean
4818 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4819 {
4820 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4821 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4822 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4823 bfd_boolean failed;
4824 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4825
4826 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4827 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4828 return FALSE;
4829
4830 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4831 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4832
4833 failed = FALSE;
4834 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4835 if (failed)
4836 return FALSE;
4837
4838 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4839
4840 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4841 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4842 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4843 {
4844 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4845 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4846 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4847 {
4848 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4849
4850 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4851 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4852 return FALSE;
4853 }
4854 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4855 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4856 }
4857
4858 /* Write out the section header names. */
4859 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4860 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4861 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4862 return FALSE;
4863
4864 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4865 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4866 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4867
4868 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4869 return FALSE;
4870
4871 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4872 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4873 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4874
4875 return TRUE;
4876 }
4877
4878 bfd_boolean
4879 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4880 {
4881 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4882 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4883 }
4884
4885 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4886
4887 int
4888 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4889 {
4890 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4891 int index;
4892
4893 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4894 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4895 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4896
4897 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4898 index = SHN_ABS;
4899 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4900 index = SHN_COMMON;
4901 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4902 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4903 else
4904 index = -1;
4905
4906 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4907 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4908 {
4909 int retval = index;
4910
4911 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4912 return retval;
4913 }
4914
4915 if (index == -1)
4916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4917
4918 return index;
4919 }
4920
4921 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4922 on error. */
4923
4924 int
4925 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4926 {
4927 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4928 int idx;
4929 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4930
4931 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4932 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4933 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4934 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4935 input sections rather than the output section. */
4936 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
4937 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
4938 && asym_ptr->section)
4939 {
4940 asection *sec;
4941 int indx;
4942
4943 sec = asym_ptr->section;
4944 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
4945 sec = sec->output_section;
4946 if (sec->owner == abfd
4947 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
4948 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
4949 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
4950 }
4951
4952 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
4953
4954 if (idx == 0)
4955 {
4956 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
4957 which is used in a relocation entry. */
4958 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4959 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
4960 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
4961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
4962 return -1;
4963 }
4964
4965 #if DEBUG & 4
4966 {
4967 fprintf (stderr,
4968 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
4969 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
4970 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
4971 fflush (stderr);
4972 }
4973 #endif
4974
4975 return idx;
4976 }
4977
4978 /* Rewrite program header information. */
4979
4980 static bfd_boolean
4981 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
4982 {
4983 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
4984 struct elf_segment_map *map;
4985 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
4986 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
4987 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
4988 asection *section;
4989 unsigned int i;
4990 unsigned int num_segments;
4991 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
4992 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4993 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
4994 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
4995 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4996
4997 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
4998 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
4999
5000 map_first = NULL;
5001 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5002
5003 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5004 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5005
5006 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5007 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5008 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5009 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5010
5011 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5012 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5013 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5014 ? section->size : 0)
5015
5016 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5017 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5018 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5019 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5020 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5021 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5022
5023 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5024 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5025 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5026 (section->lma >= base \
5027 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5028 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5029
5030 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5031 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5032 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5033 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5034 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5035 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5036 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5037 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5038
5039 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5040 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5041 p_memsz set to 0. */
5042 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5043 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5044 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5045 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5046 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5047 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5048 && s->size > 0 \
5049 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5050 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5051 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5052
5053 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5054 A section will be included if:
5055 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5056 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5057 2. It is an allocated segment,
5058 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5059 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5060 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5061 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5062 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5063 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5064 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5065 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5066 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5067 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5068 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5069 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5070 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5071 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5072 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5073 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5074 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5075 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5076 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5077 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5078 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5079 || (segment->p_paddr \
5080 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5081 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5082 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5083 == 0)) \
5084 && ! section->segment_mark)
5085
5086 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5087 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5088 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5089 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5090 && section->output_section != NULL)
5091
5092 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5093 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5094 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5095
5096 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5097 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5098 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5099 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5100 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5101 LMA. */
5102 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5103 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5104 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5105 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5106 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5107
5108 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5109 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5110 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5111
5112 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5113 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5114 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5115 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5116 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5117 i < num_segments;
5118 i++, segment++)
5119 {
5120 unsigned int j;
5121 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5122
5123 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5124 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5125 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5126 {
5127 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5128 assignment code will work. */
5129 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5130 break;
5131 }
5132
5133 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5134 continue;
5135
5136 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5137 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5138 {
5139 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5140
5141 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5142 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5143 continue;
5144
5145 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5146 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5147 {
5148 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5149 SEGMENT. */
5150 extra_length =
5151 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5152 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5153
5154 if (extra_length > 0)
5155 {
5156 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5157 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5158 }
5159
5160 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5161
5162 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5163 i = 0;
5164 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5165 break;
5166 }
5167 else
5168 {
5169 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5170 SEGMENT2. */
5171 extra_length =
5172 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5173 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5174
5175 if (extra_length > 0)
5176 {
5177 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5178 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5179 }
5180
5181 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5182 }
5183 }
5184 }
5185
5186 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5187 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5188 i < num_segments;
5189 i ++, segment ++)
5190 {
5191 unsigned int section_count;
5192 asection ** sections;
5193 asection * output_section;
5194 unsigned int isec;
5195 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5196 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5197 unsigned int j;
5198 bfd_size_type amt;
5199 asection * first_section;
5200
5201 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5202 continue;
5203
5204 first_section = NULL;
5205 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5206 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5207 section != NULL;
5208 section = section->next)
5209 {
5210 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5211 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5212 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5213 {
5214 if (first_section == NULL)
5215 first_section = section;
5216 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5217 ++section_count;
5218 }
5219 }
5220
5221 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5222 all of the sections we have selected. */
5223 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5224 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5225 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5226 if (map == NULL)
5227 return FALSE;
5228
5229 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5230 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5231 map->next = NULL;
5232 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5233 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5234 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5235
5236 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5237 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5238 output segment. */
5239 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5240 {
5241 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5242 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5243 }
5244
5245 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5246 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5247 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5248 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5249
5250 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5251
5252 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5253 {
5254 map->includes_phdrs =
5255 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5256 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5257 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5258 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5259
5260 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5261 phdr_included = TRUE;
5262 }
5263
5264 if (section_count == 0)
5265 {
5266 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5267 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5268 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5269 a warning is produced. */
5270 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5271 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5272 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5273 ibfd);
5274
5275 map->count = 0;
5276 *pointer_to_map = map;
5277 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5278
5279 continue;
5280 }
5281
5282 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5283 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5284 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5285 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5286
5287 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5288 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5289 input BFD.
5290
5291 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5292 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5293 of the first section.
5294
5295 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5296 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5297 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5298 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5299 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5300
5301 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5302 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5303 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5304 or segments to contain the other sections.
5305
5306 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5307 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5308 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5309
5310 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5311 to work around this long long bug. */
5312 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5313 if (sections == NULL)
5314 return FALSE;
5315
5316 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5317 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5318 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5319 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5320 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5321 more to do. */
5322 isec = 0;
5323 matching_lma = 0;
5324 suggested_lma = 0;
5325
5326 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5327 section != NULL;
5328 section = section->next)
5329 {
5330 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5331 {
5332 output_section = section->output_section;
5333
5334 sections[j ++] = section;
5335
5336 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5337 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5338 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5339 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5340 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5341 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5342 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5343 && isec == 0
5344 && output_section->lma != 0
5345 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5346 + (map->includes_filehdr
5347 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5348 : 0)
5349 + (map->includes_phdrs
5350 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5351 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5352 : 0))))
5353 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5354
5355 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5356 LMA address of the output section. */
5357 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5358 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5359 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5360 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5361 {
5362 if (matching_lma == 0 || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5363 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5364
5365 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5366 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5367 segment. */
5368 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5369 }
5370 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5371 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5372 }
5373 }
5374
5375 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5376
5377 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5378 if necessary. */
5379 if (isec == section_count)
5380 {
5381 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5382 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5383 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5384 program header in the input BFD. */
5385 map->count = section_count;
5386 *pointer_to_map = map;
5387 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5388
5389 if (matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5390 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5391 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5392 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5393 segment's vma. */
5394 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5395
5396 free (sections);
5397 continue;
5398 }
5399 else
5400 {
5401 if (matching_lma != 0)
5402 {
5403 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5404 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5405 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5406 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5407 }
5408 else
5409 {
5410 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5411 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5412 the LMA of the first section. */
5413 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5414 }
5415
5416 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5417 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5418 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5419 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5420
5421 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5422 {
5423 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5424
5425 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5426 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5427 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5428 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5429 offset when we know the correct value. */
5430 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5431 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5432 }
5433 }
5434
5435 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5436 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5437 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5438 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5439 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5440 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5441 the loop. */
5442 isec = 0;
5443 do
5444 {
5445 map->count = 0;
5446 suggested_lma = 0;
5447
5448 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5449 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5450 {
5451 section = sections[j];
5452
5453 if (section == NULL)
5454 continue;
5455
5456 output_section = section->output_section;
5457
5458 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5459
5460 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5461 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5462 {
5463 if (map->count == 0)
5464 {
5465 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5466 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5467 wrong. */
5468 if (output_section->lma !=
5469 (map->p_paddr
5470 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5471 + (map->includes_phdrs
5472 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5473 : 0)))
5474 abort ();
5475 }
5476 else
5477 {
5478 asection * prev_sec;
5479
5480 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5481
5482 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5483 and the start of this section is more than
5484 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5485 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5486 maxpagesize)
5487 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5488 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5489 > output_section->lma))
5490 {
5491 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5492 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5493
5494 continue;
5495 }
5496 }
5497
5498 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5499 ++isec;
5500 sections[j] = NULL;
5501 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5502 }
5503 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5504 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5505 }
5506
5507 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5508
5509 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5510 *pointer_to_map = map;
5511 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5512
5513 if (isec < section_count)
5514 {
5515 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5516 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5517 and carry on looping. */
5518 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5519 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5520 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5521 if (map == NULL)
5522 {
5523 free (sections);
5524 return FALSE;
5525 }
5526
5527 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5528 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5529 not yet been assigned. */
5530 map->next = NULL;
5531 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5532 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5533 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5534 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5535 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5536 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5537 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5538 }
5539 }
5540 while (isec < section_count);
5541
5542 free (sections);
5543 }
5544
5545 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5546 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5547 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5548 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5549 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5550 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5551 break;
5552 if (map == NULL)
5553 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5554 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5555
5556 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5557
5558 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5559 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5560 the offset if necessary. */
5561 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5562 {
5563 unsigned int count;
5564
5565 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5566 count++;
5567
5568 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5569 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5570 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5571 }
5572
5573 #undef SEGMENT_END
5574 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5575 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5576 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5577 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5578 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5579 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5580 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5581 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5582 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5583 return TRUE;
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5587
5588 static bfd_boolean
5589 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5590 {
5591 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5592 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5593 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5594 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5595 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5596 unsigned int i;
5597 unsigned int num_segments;
5598 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5599
5600 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5601
5602 map_first = NULL;
5603 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5604
5605 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5606 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5607 i < num_segments;
5608 i++, segment++)
5609 {
5610 asection *section;
5611 unsigned int section_count;
5612 bfd_size_type amt;
5613 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5614 asection *first_section = NULL;
5615 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5616
5617 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5618 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5619 continue;
5620
5621 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5622 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5623 section != NULL;
5624 section = section->next)
5625 {
5626 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5627 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5628 {
5629 if (!first_section)
5630 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5631 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5632 lowest_section = section;
5633 section_count++;
5634 }
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5638 all of the sections we have selected. */
5639 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5640 if (section_count != 0)
5641 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5642 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5643 if (map == NULL)
5644 return FALSE;
5645
5646 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5647 input segment. */
5648 map->next = NULL;
5649 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5650 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5651 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5652 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5653 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5654 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5655 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5656 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5657
5658 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5659 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5660 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5661 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5662
5663 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5664 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5665 {
5666 map->includes_phdrs =
5667 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5668 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5669 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5670 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5671
5672 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5673 phdr_included = TRUE;
5674 }
5675
5676 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5677 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5678 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5679 - segment->p_paddr);
5680
5681 if (section_count != 0)
5682 {
5683 unsigned int isec = 0;
5684
5685 for (section = first_section;
5686 section != NULL;
5687 section = section->next)
5688 {
5689 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5690 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5691 {
5692 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5693 if (isec == section_count)
5694 break;
5695 }
5696 }
5697 }
5698
5699 map->count = section_count;
5700 *pointer_to_map = map;
5701 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5702 }
5703
5704 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5705 return TRUE;
5706 }
5707
5708 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5709 information. */
5710
5711 static bfd_boolean
5712 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5713 {
5714 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5715 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5716 return TRUE;
5717
5718 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5719 return TRUE;
5720
5721 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5722 {
5723 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5724 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5725 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5726 asection *section, *osec;
5727 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5728 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5729
5730 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5731 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5732 section = section->next)
5733 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5734
5735 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5736 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5737 i < num_segments;
5738 i++, segment++)
5739 {
5740 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5741 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5742 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5743 map in this case. */
5744 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5745 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5746 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5747 goto rewrite;
5748
5749 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5750 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5751 {
5752 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5753 from the input BFD. */
5754 osec = section->output_section;
5755 if (osec)
5756 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5757
5758 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5759 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5760 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5761 {
5762 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5763 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5764 if (osec == NULL
5765 || section->flags != osec->flags
5766 || section->lma != osec->lma
5767 || section->vma != osec->vma
5768 || section->size != osec->size
5769 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5770 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5771 goto rewrite;
5772 }
5773 }
5774 }
5775
5776 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5777 input BFD. */
5778 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5779 section = section->next)
5780 {
5781 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5782 goto rewrite;
5783 else
5784 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5785 }
5786
5787 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5788 }
5789
5790 rewrite:
5791 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5792 }
5793
5794 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5795
5796 bfd_boolean
5797 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5798 asection *isec,
5799 bfd *obfd,
5800 asection *osec,
5801 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5802
5803 {
5804 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5805 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5806
5807 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5808 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5809 return TRUE;
5810
5811 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5812 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5813 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5814 section flags. */
5815 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5816 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5817 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5818
5819 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5820 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5821 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5822
5823 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5824 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5825 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5826 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5827 if (need_group)
5828 {
5829 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5830 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5831 {
5832 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5833 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5834 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5835 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5836 }
5837 }
5838
5839 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5840
5841 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5842 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5843 may be NULL at this point. */
5844 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5845 {
5846 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5847 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5848 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5849 }
5850
5851 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5852
5853 return TRUE;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5857 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5858
5859 bfd_boolean
5860 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5861 asection *isec,
5862 bfd *obfd,
5863 asection *osec)
5864 {
5865 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5866
5867 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5868 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5869 return TRUE;
5870
5871 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5872 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5873
5874 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5875
5876 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5877 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5878 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5879 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5880 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5881
5882 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5883 NULL);
5884 }
5885
5886 /* Copy private header information. */
5887
5888 bfd_boolean
5889 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5890 {
5891 asection *isec;
5892
5893 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5894 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5895 return TRUE;
5896
5897 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5898 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5899 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5900 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5901 already been worked out. */
5902 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5903 {
5904 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5905 return FALSE;
5906 }
5907
5908 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
5909 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
5910 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
5911 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
5912 && isec->output_section == NULL)
5913 {
5914 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5915 asection *s = first;
5916 while (s != NULL)
5917 {
5918 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5919 {
5920 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
5921 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
5922 }
5923 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
5924 if (s == first)
5925 break;
5926 }
5927 }
5928
5929 return TRUE;
5930 }
5931
5932 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5933 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5934 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5935 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5936 swap_out_syms function. */
5937
5938 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5939 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5940 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5941 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5942 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5943
5944 bfd_boolean
5945 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5946 asymbol *isymarg,
5947 bfd *obfd,
5948 asymbol *osymarg)
5949 {
5950 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5951
5952 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5953 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5954 return TRUE;
5955
5956 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5957 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5958
5959 if (isym != NULL
5960 && osym != NULL
5961 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5962 {
5963 unsigned int shndx;
5964
5965 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5966 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5967 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5968 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5969 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5970 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5971 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5972 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5973 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5974 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5975 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5976 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5977 }
5978
5979 return TRUE;
5980 }
5981
5982 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5983
5984 static bfd_boolean
5985 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5986 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5987 int relocatable_p)
5988 {
5989 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5990 int symcount;
5991 asymbol **syms;
5992 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5993 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5994 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5995 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5996 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5997 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5998 int idx;
5999 bfd_size_type amt;
6000 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6001
6002 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6003 return FALSE;
6004
6005 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6006 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6007 if (stt == NULL)
6008 return FALSE;
6009
6010 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6011 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6012 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6013 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6014 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6015 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6016 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6017 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6018
6019 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6020 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6021
6022 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6023 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6024 {
6025 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6026 return FALSE;
6027 }
6028 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6029
6030 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6031 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6032 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6033 {
6034 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6035 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6036 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6037 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6038 {
6039 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6040 return FALSE;
6041 }
6042
6043 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6044 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6045 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6046 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6047 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6048 }
6049
6050 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6051 {
6052 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6053 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6054 sym.st_name = 0;
6055 sym.st_value = 0;
6056 sym.st_size = 0;
6057 sym.st_info = 0;
6058 sym.st_other = 0;
6059 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6060 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6061 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6062 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6063 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6064 }
6065
6066 name_local_sections
6067 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6068 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6069
6070 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6071 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6072 {
6073 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6074 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6075 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6076 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6077 int type;
6078
6079 if (!name_local_sections
6080 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6081 {
6082 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6083 sym.st_name = 0;
6084 }
6085 else
6086 {
6087 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6088 syms[idx]->name,
6089 TRUE, FALSE);
6090 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6091 {
6092 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6093 return FALSE;
6094 }
6095 }
6096
6097 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6098
6099 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6100 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6101 {
6102 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6103 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6104 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6105 sym.st_size = value;
6106 if (type_ptr == NULL
6107 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6108 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6109 else
6110 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6111 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6112 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6113 }
6114 else
6115 {
6116 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6117 int shndx;
6118
6119 if (sec->output_section)
6120 {
6121 value += sec->output_offset;
6122 sec = sec->output_section;
6123 }
6124
6125 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6126 if (! relocatable_p)
6127 value += sec->vma;
6128 sym.st_value = value;
6129 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6130
6131 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6132 && type_ptr != NULL
6133 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6134 {
6135 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6136 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6137 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6138 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6139 switch (shndx)
6140 {
6141 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6142 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6143 break;
6144 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6145 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6146 break;
6147 case MAP_STRTAB:
6148 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6149 break;
6150 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6151 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6152 break;
6153 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6154 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6155 break;
6156 default:
6157 break;
6158 }
6159 }
6160 else
6161 {
6162 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6163
6164 if (shndx == -1)
6165 {
6166 asection *sec2;
6167
6168 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6169 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6170 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6171 demand of applications. For example, it
6172 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6173 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6174 actually in the output file. */
6175 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6176 if (sec2 == NULL)
6177 {
6178 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6179 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6180 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6181 sec->name);
6182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6183 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6184 return FALSE;
6185 }
6186
6187 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6188 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6189 }
6190 }
6191
6192 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6193 }
6194
6195 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6196 type = STT_TLS;
6197 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6198 type = STT_FUNC;
6199 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6200 type = STT_OBJECT;
6201 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6202 type = STT_RELC;
6203 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6204 type = STT_SRELC;
6205 else
6206 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6207
6208 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6209 type = STT_TLS;
6210
6211 /* Processor-specific types. */
6212 if (type_ptr != NULL
6213 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6214 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6215 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6216
6217 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6218 {
6219 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6220 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6221 else
6222 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6223 }
6224 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6225 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6226 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6227 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6228 ? STB_WEAK
6229 : STB_GLOBAL),
6230 type);
6231 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6232 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6233 else
6234 {
6235 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6236
6237 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6238 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6239 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6240 bind = STB_WEAK;
6241 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6242 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6243
6244 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6245 }
6246
6247 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6248 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6249 else
6250 sym.st_other = 0;
6251
6252 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6253 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6254 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6255 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6256 }
6257
6258 *sttp = stt;
6259 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6260 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6261
6262 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6263 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6264 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6265 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6266 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6267 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6268
6269 return TRUE;
6270 }
6271
6272 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6273
6274 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6275 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6276 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6277
6278 long
6279 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6280 {
6281 long symcount;
6282 long symtab_size;
6283 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6284
6285 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6286 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6287 if (symcount > 0)
6288 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6289
6290 return symtab_size;
6291 }
6292
6293 long
6294 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6295 {
6296 long symcount;
6297 long symtab_size;
6298 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6299
6300 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6301 {
6302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6303 return -1;
6304 }
6305
6306 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6307 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6308 if (symcount > 0)
6309 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6310
6311 return symtab_size;
6312 }
6313
6314 long
6315 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6316 sec_ptr asect)
6317 {
6318 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6319 }
6320
6321 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6322
6323 long
6324 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6325 sec_ptr section,
6326 arelent **relptr,
6327 asymbol **symbols)
6328 {
6329 arelent *tblptr;
6330 unsigned int i;
6331 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6332
6333 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6334 return -1;
6335
6336 tblptr = section->relocation;
6337 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6338 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6339
6340 *relptr = NULL;
6341
6342 return section->reloc_count;
6343 }
6344
6345 long
6346 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6347 {
6348 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6349 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6350
6351 if (symcount >= 0)
6352 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6353 return symcount;
6354 }
6355
6356 long
6357 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6358 asymbol **allocation)
6359 {
6360 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6361 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6362
6363 if (symcount >= 0)
6364 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6365 return symcount;
6366 }
6367
6368 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6369 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6370 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6371 dynamic reloc section. */
6372
6373 long
6374 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6375 {
6376 long ret;
6377 asection *s;
6378
6379 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6380 {
6381 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6382 return -1;
6383 }
6384
6385 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6386 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6387 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6388 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6389 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6390 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6391 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6392 * sizeof (arelent *));
6393
6394 return ret;
6395 }
6396
6397 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6398 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6399 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6400 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6401 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6402 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6403 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6404
6405 long
6406 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6407 arelent **storage,
6408 asymbol **syms)
6409 {
6410 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6411 asection *s;
6412 long ret;
6413
6414 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6415 {
6416 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6417 return -1;
6418 }
6419
6420 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6421 ret = 0;
6422 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6423 {
6424 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6425 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6426 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6427 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6428 {
6429 arelent *p;
6430 long count, i;
6431
6432 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6433 return -1;
6434 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6435 p = s->relocation;
6436 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6437 *storage++ = p++;
6438 ret += count;
6439 }
6440 }
6441
6442 *storage = NULL;
6443
6444 return ret;
6445 }
6446 \f
6447 /* Read in the version information. */
6448
6449 bfd_boolean
6450 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6451 {
6452 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6453 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6454
6455 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6456 {
6457 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6458 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6459 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6460 unsigned int i;
6461 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6462
6463 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6464
6465 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6466 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6467 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6468 goto error_return;
6469
6470 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6471
6472 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6473 if (contents == NULL)
6474 {
6475 error_return_verref:
6476 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6477 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6478 goto error_return;
6479 }
6480 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6481 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6482 goto error_return_verref;
6483
6484 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6485 goto error_return_verref;
6486
6487 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6488 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6489 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6490 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6491 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6492 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6493 {
6494 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6495 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6496 unsigned int j;
6497
6498 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6499
6500 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6501
6502 iverneed->vn_filename =
6503 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6504 iverneed->vn_file);
6505 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6506 goto error_return_verref;
6507
6508 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6509 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6510 else
6511 {
6512 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6513 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6514 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6515 goto error_return_verref;
6516 }
6517
6518 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6519 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6520 goto error_return_verref;
6521
6522 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6523 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6524 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6525 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6526 {
6527 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6528
6529 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6530 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6531 ivernaux->vna_name);
6532 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6533 goto error_return_verref;
6534
6535 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6536 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6537 else
6538 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6539
6540 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6541 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6542 goto error_return_verref;
6543
6544 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6545 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6546
6547 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6548 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6549 }
6550
6551 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6552 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6553 else
6554 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6555
6556 if (iverneed->vn_next
6557 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6558 goto error_return_verref;
6559
6560 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6561 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6562 }
6563
6564 free (contents);
6565 contents = NULL;
6566 }
6567
6568 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6569 {
6570 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6571 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6572 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6573 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6574 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6575 unsigned int i;
6576 unsigned int maxidx;
6577 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6578
6579 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6580
6581 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6582 if (contents == NULL)
6583 goto error_return;
6584 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6585 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6586 goto error_return;
6587
6588 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6589 goto error_return;
6590
6591 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6592 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6593 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6594 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6595 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6596 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6597
6598 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6599 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6600 the maximum. */
6601 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6602 maxidx = 0;
6603 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6604 {
6605 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6606
6607 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6608 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6609
6610 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6611 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6612 goto error_return;
6613
6614 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6615 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6616 }
6617
6618 if (default_imported_symver)
6619 {
6620 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6621 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6622 else
6623 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6624 }
6625 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6626 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6627 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6628 goto error_return;
6629
6630 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6631
6632 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6633 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6634 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6635 {
6636 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6637 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6638 unsigned int j;
6639
6640 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6641
6642 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6643 {
6644 error_return_verdef:
6645 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6646 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6647 goto error_return;
6648 }
6649
6650 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6651 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6652
6653 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6654
6655 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6656 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6657 else
6658 {
6659 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6660 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6661 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6662 goto error_return_verdef;
6663 }
6664
6665 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6666 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6667 goto error_return_verdef;
6668
6669 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6670 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6671 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6672 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6673 {
6674 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6675
6676 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6677 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6678 iverdaux->vda_name);
6679 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6680 goto error_return_verdef;
6681
6682 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6683 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6684 else
6685 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6686
6687 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6688 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6689 goto error_return_verdef;
6690
6691 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6692 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6693 }
6694
6695 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6696 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6697
6698 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6699 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6700 else
6701 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6702
6703 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6704 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6705 }
6706
6707 free (contents);
6708 contents = NULL;
6709 }
6710 else if (default_imported_symver)
6711 {
6712 if (freeidx < 3)
6713 freeidx = 3;
6714 else
6715 freeidx++;
6716
6717 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6718 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6719 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6720 goto error_return;
6721
6722 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6726 if (default_imported_symver)
6727 {
6728 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6729 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6730
6731 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6732
6733 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6734 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6735 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6736 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6737
6738 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6739
6740 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6741 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6742 goto error_return_verdef;
6743 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6744 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6745 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6746 goto error_return_verdef;
6747
6748 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6749 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6750 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6751 }
6752
6753 return TRUE;
6754
6755 error_return:
6756 if (contents != NULL)
6757 free (contents);
6758 return FALSE;
6759 }
6760 \f
6761 asymbol *
6762 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6763 {
6764 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6765 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6766
6767 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6768 if (!newsym)
6769 return NULL;
6770 else
6771 {
6772 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6773 return &newsym->symbol;
6774 }
6775 }
6776
6777 void
6778 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6779 asymbol *symbol,
6780 symbol_info *ret)
6781 {
6782 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6786 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6787 override it. */
6788
6789 bfd_boolean
6790 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6791 const char *name)
6792 {
6793 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6794 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6795 return TRUE;
6796
6797 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6798 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6799 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6800 return TRUE;
6801
6802 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6803 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6804 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6806 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6807 we treat such symbols as local. */
6808 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6809 return TRUE;
6810
6811 return FALSE;
6812 }
6813
6814 alent *
6815 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6816 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6817 {
6818 abort ();
6819 return NULL;
6820 }
6821
6822 bfd_boolean
6823 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6824 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6825 unsigned long machine)
6826 {
6827 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6828 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6829 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6830 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6831 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6832 return FALSE;
6833
6834 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6835 }
6836
6837 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6838 for error reporting. */
6839
6840 static bfd_boolean
6841 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6842 asection *section,
6843 asymbol **symbols,
6844 bfd_vma offset,
6845 const char **filename_ptr,
6846 const char **functionname_ptr)
6847 {
6848 const char *filename;
6849 asymbol *func, *file;
6850 bfd_vma low_func;
6851 asymbol **p;
6852 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6853 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6854 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6855 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6856 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6857 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6858 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6859 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6860 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6861
6862 filename = NULL;
6863 func = NULL;
6864 file = NULL;
6865 low_func = 0;
6866 state = nothing_seen;
6867
6868 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6869 {
6870 elf_symbol_type *q;
6871
6872 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6873
6874 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6875 {
6876 default:
6877 break;
6878 case STT_FILE:
6879 file = &q->symbol;
6880 if (state == symbol_seen)
6881 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6882 continue;
6883 case STT_NOTYPE:
6884 case STT_FUNC:
6885 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6886 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6887 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6888 {
6889 func = (asymbol *) q;
6890 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6891 filename = NULL;
6892 if (file != NULL
6893 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
6894 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
6895 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6896 }
6897 break;
6898 }
6899 if (state == nothing_seen)
6900 state = symbol_seen;
6901 }
6902
6903 if (func == NULL)
6904 return FALSE;
6905
6906 if (filename_ptr)
6907 *filename_ptr = filename;
6908 if (functionname_ptr)
6909 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6910
6911 return TRUE;
6912 }
6913
6914 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6915 for error reporting. */
6916
6917 bfd_boolean
6918 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6919 asection *section,
6920 asymbol **symbols,
6921 bfd_vma offset,
6922 const char **filename_ptr,
6923 const char **functionname_ptr,
6924 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6925 {
6926 bfd_boolean found;
6927
6928 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6929 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6930 line_ptr))
6931 {
6932 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6933 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6934 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6935 functionname_ptr);
6936
6937 return TRUE;
6938 }
6939
6940 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6941 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6942 line_ptr, 0,
6943 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6944 {
6945 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6946 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6947 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6948 functionname_ptr);
6949
6950 return TRUE;
6951 }
6952
6953 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6954 &found, filename_ptr,
6955 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6956 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6957 return FALSE;
6958 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6959 return TRUE;
6960
6961 if (symbols == NULL)
6962 return FALSE;
6963
6964 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6965 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6966 return FALSE;
6967
6968 *line_ptr = 0;
6969 return TRUE;
6970 }
6971
6972 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6973
6974 bfd_boolean
6975 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6976 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6977 {
6978 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6979 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6980 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6981 }
6982
6983 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6984 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6985 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6986 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6987 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6988
6989 bfd_boolean
6990 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6991 const char **filename_ptr,
6992 const char **functionname_ptr,
6993 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6994 {
6995 bfd_boolean found;
6996 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6997 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6998 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6999 return found;
7000 }
7001
7002 int
7003 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7004 {
7005 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7006 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7007
7008 if (!info->relocatable)
7009 {
7010 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7011
7012 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7013 {
7014 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7015
7016 phdr_size = 0;
7017 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7018 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7019
7020 if (phdr_size == 0)
7021 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7022 }
7023
7024 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7025 ret += phdr_size;
7026 }
7027
7028 return ret;
7029 }
7030
7031 bfd_boolean
7032 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7033 sec_ptr section,
7034 const void *location,
7035 file_ptr offset,
7036 bfd_size_type count)
7037 {
7038 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7039 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7040
7041 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7042 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7043 return FALSE;
7044
7045 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7046 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7047 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7048 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7049 return FALSE;
7050
7051 return TRUE;
7052 }
7053
7054 void
7055 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7056 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7057 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7058 {
7059 abort ();
7060 }
7061
7062 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7063
7064 bfd_boolean
7065 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7066 {
7067 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7068
7069 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7070 {
7071 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7072 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7073
7074 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7075 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7076
7077 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7078 {
7079 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7080 {
7081 case 8:
7082 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7083 break;
7084 case 12:
7085 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7086 break;
7087 case 16:
7088 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7089 break;
7090 case 24:
7091 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7092 break;
7093 case 32:
7094 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7095 break;
7096 case 64:
7097 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7098 break;
7099 default:
7100 goto fail;
7101 }
7102
7103 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7104
7105 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7106 {
7107 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7108 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7109 else
7110 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7111 }
7112 }
7113 else
7114 {
7115 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7116 {
7117 case 8:
7118 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7119 break;
7120 case 14:
7121 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7122 break;
7123 case 16:
7124 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7125 break;
7126 case 26:
7127 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7128 break;
7129 case 32:
7130 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7131 break;
7132 case 64:
7133 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7134 break;
7135 default:
7136 goto fail;
7137 }
7138
7139 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7140 }
7141
7142 if (howto)
7143 areloc->howto = howto;
7144 else
7145 goto fail;
7146 }
7147
7148 return TRUE;
7149
7150 fail:
7151 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7152 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7153 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7155 return FALSE;
7156 }
7157
7158 bfd_boolean
7159 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7160 {
7161 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7162 {
7163 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7164 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7165 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7166 }
7167
7168 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7169 }
7170
7171 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7172 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7173 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7174 this reloc. */
7175
7176 bfd_reloc_status_type
7177 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7178 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7179 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7180 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7181 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7182 {
7183 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7184 }
7185 \f
7186 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7187 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7188 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7189 out details about the corefile. */
7190
7191 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7192 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7193 #endif
7194
7195 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7196
7197 static int
7198 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7199 {
7200 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7201 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7202 }
7203
7204 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7205 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7206 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7207 overwrite it. */
7208
7209 static bfd_boolean
7210 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7211 {
7212 asection *sect2;
7213
7214 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7215 return TRUE;
7216
7217 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7218 if (sect2 == NULL)
7219 return FALSE;
7220
7221 sect2->size = sect->size;
7222 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7223 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7224 return TRUE;
7225 }
7226
7227 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7228 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7229 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7230 such a section already exists.
7231 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7232 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7233 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7234 bfd_boolean
7235 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7236 char *name,
7237 size_t size,
7238 ufile_ptr filepos)
7239 {
7240 char buf[100];
7241 char *threaded_name;
7242 size_t len;
7243 asection *sect;
7244
7245 /* Build the section name. */
7246
7247 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7248 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7249 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7250 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7251 return FALSE;
7252 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7253
7254 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7255 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7256 if (sect == NULL)
7257 return FALSE;
7258 sect->size = size;
7259 sect->filepos = filepos;
7260 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7261
7262 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7263 }
7264
7265 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7266 solaris 2.5+
7267 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7268 unixware 4.2
7269 */
7270
7271 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7272
7273 static bfd_boolean
7274 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7275 {
7276 size_t size;
7277 int offset;
7278
7279 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7280 {
7281 prstatus_t prstat;
7282
7283 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7284 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7285 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7286
7287 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7288 has already been set by another thread. */
7289 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7290 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7291 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7292
7293 /* pr_who exists on:
7294 solaris 2.5+
7295 unixware 4.2
7296 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7297 linux 2.[01]
7298 */
7299 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7300 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7301 #endif
7302 }
7303 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7304 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7305 {
7306 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7307 prstatus32_t prstat;
7308
7309 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7310 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7311 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7312
7313 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7314 has already been set by another thread. */
7315 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7316 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7317 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7318
7319 /* pr_who exists on:
7320 solaris 2.5+
7321 unixware 4.2
7322 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7323 linux 2.[01]
7324 */
7325 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7326 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7327 #endif
7328 }
7329 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7330 else
7331 {
7332 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7333 note size (ie. data object type). */
7334 return TRUE;
7335 }
7336
7337 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7338 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7339 size, note->descpos + offset);
7340 }
7341 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7342
7343 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7344 static bfd_boolean
7345 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7346 char *name,
7347 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7348 {
7349 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7350 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7351 }
7352
7353 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7354 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7355 data structure apart. */
7356
7357 static bfd_boolean
7358 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7359 {
7360 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7361 }
7362
7363 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7364 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7365 literally. */
7366
7367 static bfd_boolean
7368 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7369 {
7370 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7371 }
7372
7373 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7374 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7375 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7376 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7377 #endif
7378 #endif
7379
7380 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7381 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7382 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7383 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7384 #endif
7385 #endif
7386
7387 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7388 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7389 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7390
7391 char *
7392 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7393 {
7394 char *dups;
7395 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7396 size_t len;
7397
7398 if (end == NULL)
7399 len = max;
7400 else
7401 len = end - start;
7402
7403 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7404 if (dups == NULL)
7405 return NULL;
7406
7407 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7408 dups[len] = '\0';
7409
7410 return dups;
7411 }
7412
7413 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7414 static bfd_boolean
7415 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7416 {
7417 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7418 {
7419 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7420
7421 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7422
7423 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7424 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7425 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7426
7427 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7428 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7429 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7430 }
7431 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7432 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7433 {
7434 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7435 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7436
7437 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7438
7439 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7440 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7441 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7442
7443 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7444 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7445 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7446 }
7447 #endif
7448
7449 else
7450 {
7451 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7452 note size (ie. data object type). */
7453 return TRUE;
7454 }
7455
7456 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7457 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7458 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7459
7460 {
7461 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7462 int n = strlen (command);
7463
7464 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7465 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7466 }
7467
7468 return TRUE;
7469 }
7470 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7471
7472 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7473 static bfd_boolean
7474 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7475 {
7476 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7477 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7478 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7479 #endif
7480 )
7481 {
7482 pstatus_t pstat;
7483
7484 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7485
7486 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7487 }
7488 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7489 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7490 {
7491 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7492 pstatus32_t pstat;
7493
7494 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7495
7496 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7497 }
7498 #endif
7499 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7500 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7501 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7502
7503 return TRUE;
7504 }
7505 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7506
7507 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7508 static bfd_boolean
7509 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7510 {
7511 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7512 char buf[100];
7513 char *name;
7514 size_t len;
7515 asection *sect;
7516
7517 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7518 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7519 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7520 #endif
7521 )
7522 return TRUE;
7523
7524 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7525
7526 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7527 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7528
7529 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7530
7531 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7532 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7533 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7534 if (name == NULL)
7535 return FALSE;
7536 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7537
7538 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7539 if (sect == NULL)
7540 return FALSE;
7541
7542 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7543 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7544 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7545 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7546 #endif
7547
7548 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7549 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7550 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7551 #endif
7552
7553 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7554
7555 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7556 return FALSE;
7557
7558 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7559
7560 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7561 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7562 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7563 if (name == NULL)
7564 return FALSE;
7565 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7566
7567 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7568 if (sect == NULL)
7569 return FALSE;
7570
7571 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7572 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7573 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7574 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7575 #endif
7576
7577 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7578 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7579 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7580 #endif
7581
7582 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7583
7584 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7585 }
7586 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7587
7588 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7589 static bfd_boolean
7590 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7591 {
7592 char buf[30];
7593 char *name;
7594 size_t len;
7595 asection *sect;
7596 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7597
7598 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7599 return TRUE;
7600
7601 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7602
7603 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7604 {
7605 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7606 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7607 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7608 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7609 break;
7610
7611 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7612 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7613 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7614
7615 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7616 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7617 if (name == NULL)
7618 return FALSE;
7619
7620 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7621
7622 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7623 if (sect == NULL)
7624 return FALSE;
7625
7626 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7627 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7628 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7629 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7630 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7631
7632 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7633 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7634 return FALSE;
7635 break;
7636
7637 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7638 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7639 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7640 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7641
7642 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7643 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7644 if (name == NULL)
7645 return FALSE;
7646
7647 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7648
7649 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7650
7651 if (sect == NULL)
7652 return FALSE;
7653
7654 sect->size = note->descsz;
7655 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7656 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7657 break;
7658
7659 default:
7660 return TRUE;
7661 }
7662
7663 return TRUE;
7664 }
7665 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7666
7667 static bfd_boolean
7668 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7669 {
7670 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7671
7672 switch (note->type)
7673 {
7674 default:
7675 return TRUE;
7676
7677 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7678 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7679 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7680 return TRUE;
7681 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7682 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7683 #else
7684 return TRUE;
7685 #endif
7686
7687 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7688 case NT_PSTATUS:
7689 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7690 #endif
7691
7692 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7693 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7694 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7695 #endif
7696
7697 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7698 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7699
7700 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7701 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7702 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7703 #endif
7704
7705 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7706 if (note->namesz == 6
7707 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7708 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7709 else
7710 return TRUE;
7711
7712 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7713 case NT_PSINFO:
7714 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7715 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7716 return TRUE;
7717 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7718 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7719 #else
7720 return TRUE;
7721 #endif
7722
7723 case NT_AUXV:
7724 {
7725 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7726 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7727
7728 if (sect == NULL)
7729 return FALSE;
7730 sect->size = note->descsz;
7731 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7732 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7733
7734 return TRUE;
7735 }
7736 }
7737 }
7738
7739 static bfd_boolean
7740 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7741 {
7742 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7743 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7744 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7745 return FALSE;
7746
7747 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7748
7749 return TRUE;
7750 }
7751
7752 static bfd_boolean
7753 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7754 {
7755 switch (note->type)
7756 {
7757 default:
7758 return TRUE;
7759
7760 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7761 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7762 }
7763 }
7764
7765 static bfd_boolean
7766 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7767 {
7768 char *cp;
7769
7770 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7771 if (cp != NULL)
7772 {
7773 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7774 return TRUE;
7775 }
7776 return FALSE;
7777 }
7778
7779 static bfd_boolean
7780 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7781 {
7782 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7783 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7784 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7785
7786 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7787 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7788 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7789
7790 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7791 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7792 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7793
7794 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7795 note);
7796 }
7797
7798 static bfd_boolean
7799 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7800 {
7801 int lwp;
7802
7803 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7804 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7805
7806 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7807 {
7808 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7809 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7810 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7811 creates a core file. */
7812
7813 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7814 }
7815
7816 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7817 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7818 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7819 understand it. */
7820
7821 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7822 return TRUE;
7823
7824
7825 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7826 {
7827 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7828 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7829
7830 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7831 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7832 switch (note->type)
7833 {
7834 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7835 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7836
7837 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7838 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7839
7840 default:
7841 return TRUE;
7842 }
7843
7844 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7845 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7846
7847 default:
7848 switch (note->type)
7849 {
7850 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7851 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7852
7853 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7854 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7855
7856 default:
7857 return TRUE;
7858 }
7859 }
7860 /* NOTREACHED */
7861 }
7862
7863 static bfd_boolean
7864 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7865 {
7866 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7867 char buf[100];
7868 char *name;
7869 asection *sect;
7870 short sig;
7871 unsigned flags;
7872
7873 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7874 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7875
7876 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7877 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7878
7879 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7880 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7881
7882 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7883 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7884 {
7885 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7886 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7887 }
7888
7889 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7890 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7891 thread just in case. */
7892 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7893 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7894
7895 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7896 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
7897
7898 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7899 if (name == NULL)
7900 return FALSE;
7901 strcpy (name, buf);
7902
7903 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7904 if (sect == NULL)
7905 return FALSE;
7906
7907 sect->size = note->descsz;
7908 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7909 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7910
7911 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7912 }
7913
7914 static bfd_boolean
7915 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7916 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7917 long tid,
7918 char *base)
7919 {
7920 char buf[100];
7921 char *name;
7922 asection *sect;
7923
7924 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7925 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
7926
7927 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7928 if (name == NULL)
7929 return FALSE;
7930 strcpy (name, buf);
7931
7932 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7933 if (sect == NULL)
7934 return FALSE;
7935
7936 sect->size = note->descsz;
7937 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7938 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7939
7940 /* This is the current thread. */
7941 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7942 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7943
7944 return TRUE;
7945 }
7946
7947 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7948 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7949 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7950 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7951
7952 static bfd_boolean
7953 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7954 {
7955 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7956 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7957 function. */
7958 static long tid = 1;
7959
7960 switch (note->type)
7961 {
7962 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7963 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7964 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7965 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7966 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7967 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7968 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7969 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7970 default:
7971 return TRUE;
7972 }
7973 }
7974
7975 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7976
7977 Inputs:
7978 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
7979 name of note
7980 type of note
7981 data for note
7982 size of data for note
7983
7984 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
7985 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
7986 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
7987 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
7988
7989 Return:
7990 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
7991
7992 char *
7993 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7994 char *buf,
7995 int *bufsiz,
7996 const char *name,
7997 int type,
7998 const void *input,
7999 int size)
8000 {
8001 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8002 size_t namesz;
8003 size_t newspace;
8004 char *dest;
8005
8006 namesz = 0;
8007 if (name != NULL)
8008 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8009
8010 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8011
8012 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8013 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8014 *bufsiz += newspace;
8015 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8016 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8017 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8018 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8019 dest = xnp->name;
8020 if (name != NULL)
8021 {
8022 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8023 dest += namesz;
8024 while (namesz & 3)
8025 {
8026 *dest++ = '\0';
8027 ++namesz;
8028 }
8029 }
8030 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8031 dest += size;
8032 while (size & 3)
8033 {
8034 *dest++ = '\0';
8035 ++size;
8036 }
8037 return buf;
8038 }
8039
8040 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8041 char *
8042 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8043 char *buf,
8044 int *bufsiz,
8045 const char *fname,
8046 const char *psargs)
8047 {
8048 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8049 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8050
8051 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8052 {
8053 char *ret;
8054 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8055 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8056 if (ret != NULL)
8057 return ret;
8058 }
8059
8060 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8061 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8062 {
8063 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8064 psinfo32_t data;
8065 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8066 #else
8067 prpsinfo32_t data;
8068 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8069 #endif
8070
8071 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8072 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8073 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8074 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8075 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8076 }
8077 else
8078 #endif
8079 {
8080 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8081 psinfo_t data;
8082 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8083 #else
8084 prpsinfo_t data;
8085 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8086 #endif
8087
8088 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8089 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8090 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8091 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8092 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8093 }
8094 }
8095 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8096
8097 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8098 char *
8099 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8100 char *buf,
8101 int *bufsiz,
8102 long pid,
8103 int cursig,
8104 const void *gregs)
8105 {
8106 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8107 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8108
8109 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8110 {
8111 char *ret;
8112 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8113 NT_PRSTATUS,
8114 pid, cursig, gregs);
8115 if (ret != NULL)
8116 return ret;
8117 }
8118
8119 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8120 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8121 {
8122 prstatus32_t prstat;
8123
8124 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8125 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8126 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8127 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8128 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8129 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8130 }
8131 else
8132 #endif
8133 {
8134 prstatus_t prstat;
8135
8136 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8137 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8138 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8139 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8141 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8142 }
8143 }
8144 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8145
8146 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8147 char *
8148 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8149 char *buf,
8150 int *bufsiz,
8151 long pid,
8152 int cursig,
8153 const void *gregs)
8154 {
8155 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8156 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8157
8158 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8159 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8160 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8161 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8162 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8163 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8164 #if !defined(gregs)
8165 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8166 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8167 #else
8168 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8169 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8170 #endif
8171 #endif
8172 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8173 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8174 }
8175 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8176
8177 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8178 char *
8179 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8180 char *buf,
8181 int *bufsiz,
8182 long pid,
8183 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8184 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8185 {
8186 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8187 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8188 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8189
8190 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8191 {
8192 pstatus32_t pstat;
8193
8194 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8195 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8196 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8197 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8198 return buf;
8199 }
8200 else
8201 #endif
8202 {
8203 pstatus_t pstat;
8204
8205 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8206 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8207 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8208 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8209 return buf;
8210 }
8211 }
8212 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8213
8214 char *
8215 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8216 char *buf,
8217 int *bufsiz,
8218 const void *fpregs,
8219 int size)
8220 {
8221 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8222 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8223 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8224 }
8225
8226 char *
8227 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8228 char *buf,
8229 int *bufsiz,
8230 const void *xfpregs,
8231 int size)
8232 {
8233 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8235 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8236 }
8237
8238 static bfd_boolean
8239 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8240 {
8241 char *p;
8242
8243 p = buf;
8244 while (p < buf + size)
8245 {
8246 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8247 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8248 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8249
8250 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8251
8252 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8253 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8254
8255 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8256 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8257 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8258
8259 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8260 {
8261 default:
8262 return TRUE;
8263
8264 case bfd_core:
8265 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8266 {
8267 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8268 return FALSE;
8269 }
8270 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8271 {
8272 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8273 return FALSE;
8274 }
8275 else
8276 {
8277 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8278 return FALSE;
8279 }
8280 break;
8281
8282 case bfd_object:
8283 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8284 {
8285 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8286 return FALSE;
8287 }
8288 break;
8289 }
8290
8291 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8292 }
8293
8294 return TRUE;
8295 }
8296
8297 static bfd_boolean
8298 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8299 {
8300 char *buf;
8301
8302 if (size <= 0)
8303 return TRUE;
8304
8305 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8306 return FALSE;
8307
8308 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8309 if (buf == NULL)
8310 return FALSE;
8311
8312 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8313 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8314 {
8315 free (buf);
8316 return FALSE;
8317 }
8318
8319 free (buf);
8320 return TRUE;
8321 }
8322 \f
8323 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8324
8325 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8326 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8327 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8328
8329 long
8330 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8331 {
8332 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8333 {
8334 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8335 return -1;
8336 }
8337
8338 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8339 }
8340
8341 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8342 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8343 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8344 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8345
8346 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8347 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8348
8349 int
8350 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8351 {
8352 int num_phdrs;
8353
8354 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8355 {
8356 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8357 return -1;
8358 }
8359
8360 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8361 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8362 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8363
8364 return num_phdrs;
8365 }
8366
8367 void
8368 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8369 {
8370 #ifdef BFD64
8371 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8372
8373 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8374 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8375 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8376 else
8377 {
8378 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8379 {
8380 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8381 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8382 #else
8383 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8384 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8385 #endif
8386 }
8387 else
8388 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8389 }
8390 #else
8391 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8392 #endif
8393 }
8394
8395 void
8396 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8397 {
8398 #ifdef BFD64
8399 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8400
8401 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8402 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8403 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8404 else
8405 {
8406 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8407 {
8408 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8409 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8410 #else
8411 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8412 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8413 #endif
8414 }
8415 else
8416 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8417 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8418 }
8419 #else
8420 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8421 #endif
8422 }
8423
8424 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8425 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8426 {
8427 return reloc_class_normal;
8428 }
8429
8430 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8431 relocation against a local symbol. */
8432
8433 bfd_vma
8434 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8435 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8436 asection **psec,
8437 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8438 {
8439 asection *sec = *psec;
8440 bfd_vma relocation;
8441
8442 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8443 + sec->output_offset
8444 + sym->st_value);
8445 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8446 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8447 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8448 {
8449 rel->r_addend =
8450 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8451 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8452 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8453 if (sec != *psec)
8454 {
8455 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8456 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8457 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8458 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8459 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8460 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8461 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8462 sec = *psec;
8463 }
8464 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8465 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8466 }
8467 return relocation;
8468 }
8469
8470 bfd_vma
8471 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8472 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8473 asection **psec,
8474 bfd_vma addend)
8475 {
8476 asection *sec = *psec;
8477
8478 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8479 return sym->st_value + addend;
8480
8481 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8482 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8483 sym->st_value + addend);
8484 }
8485
8486 bfd_vma
8487 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8488 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8489 asection *sec,
8490 bfd_vma offset)
8491 {
8492 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8493 {
8494 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8495 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8496 offset);
8497 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8498 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8499 default:
8500 return offset;
8501 }
8502 }
8503 \f
8504 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8505 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8506 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8507 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8508 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8509 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8510
8511 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8512 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8513 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8514 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8515 the remote memory. */
8516
8517 bfd *
8518 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8519 (bfd *templ,
8520 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8521 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8522 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8523 {
8524 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8525 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8526 }
8527 \f
8528 long
8529 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8530 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8531 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8532 long dynsymcount,
8533 asymbol **dynsyms,
8534 asymbol **ret)
8535 {
8536 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8537 asection *relplt;
8538 asymbol *s;
8539 const char *relplt_name;
8540 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8541 arelent *p;
8542 long count, i, n;
8543 size_t size;
8544 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8545 char *names;
8546 asection *plt;
8547
8548 *ret = NULL;
8549
8550 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8551 return 0;
8552
8553 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8554 return 0;
8555
8556 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8557 return 0;
8558
8559 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8560 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8561 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8562 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8563 if (relplt == NULL)
8564 return 0;
8565
8566 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8567 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8568 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8569 return 0;
8570
8571 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8572 if (plt == NULL)
8573 return 0;
8574
8575 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8576 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8577 return -1;
8578
8579 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8580 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8581 p = relplt->relocation;
8582 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8583 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8584
8585 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8586 if (s == NULL)
8587 return -1;
8588
8589 names = (char *) (s + count);
8590 p = relplt->relocation;
8591 n = 0;
8592 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8593 {
8594 size_t len;
8595 bfd_vma addr;
8596
8597 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8598 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8599 continue;
8600
8601 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8602 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8603 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8604 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8605 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8606 s->section = plt;
8607 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8608 s->name = names;
8609 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8610 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8611 names += len;
8612 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8613 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8614 ++n;
8615 }
8616
8617 return n;
8618 }
8619
8620 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8621 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8622 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8623 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8624
8625 void
8626 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8627 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8628 {
8629 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8630
8631 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8632
8633 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8634 }
8635
8636
8637 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8638 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8639 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8640
8641 bfd_boolean
8642 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8643 {
8644 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8645 }
This page took 0.350936 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.